Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

(Mark One)    

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the transition period from                to              

Commission File Number 0-15760



HARDINGE INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  16-0470200
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

14902-1507
(Zip Code)

(607) 734-2281
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)



Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
    (Name of exchange on which registered)

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d). Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted to its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definite proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K.  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  ý   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined by Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  o     No  ý

         The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011 was $122.6 million, based on the closing price of common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2011.

         There were 11,666,092 shares of Hardinge stock outstanding as of March 12, 2012.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of Hardinge Inc.'s Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Commission on or about March 31, 2012 are incorporated by reference to Part III of this Form 10-K.

   


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
2011 Annual Report
Table of Contents

 
  Page  

Business

    1  

Risk Factors

    8  

Properties

    19  

Legal Proceedings

    20  

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    21  

Selected Financial Data

    23  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    24  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    41  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    42  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    43  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

    44  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    45  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

    46  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

       

  1. Significant Accounting Policies

    47  

  2. Net Inventories

    52  

  3. Property, Plant and Equipment

    53  

  4. Intangibles

    54  

  5. Financing Arrangements

    54  

  6. Income Taxes

    58  

  7. Warranty

    61  

  8. Industry Segment and Foreign Operations

    61  

  9. Employee Benefits

    62  

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    69  

11. Derivative Financial Instruments

    71  

12. Commitments and Contingencies

    72  

13. Shareholders' Equity

    74  

14. Earnings Per Share

    75  

15. Stock Based Compensation

    76  

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

    78  

17. Acquisition of the Assets of Jones & Shipman

    78  

18. Quarterly Financial Information

    80  

19. New Accounting Standards

    80  

Item 9A.—Controls and Procedures

    82  

Item 10.—Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

    84  

Valuation Accounts and Reserves

    90  

i


Table of Contents


PART I

ITEM 1.—BUSINESS

General

        Hardinge Inc.'s principal executive office is located within Chemung County at One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902-1507. Unless otherwise mentioned or unless the context requires otherwise, all references to "Hardinge," "we," "us," "our," "the Company" or similar references mean Hardinge Inc. and its subsidiaries.

        Our website, www.hardinge.com, provides links to all of the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A copy of this annual report on Form 10-K and our other annual, quarterly, and current reports filed with SEC are available on the website or can be obtained free of charge by contacting the Investor Relations Department at our principal executive office. Alternatively, such reports may be accessed at the Internet address of the SEC, which is www.sec.gov, or at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

        We are a global designer, manufacturer and distributor of machine tools, specializing in precision computer numerically controlled metal-cutting machines. The Company has the following direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries:

North America:    

Canadian Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd

  Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc.

  Elmira, New York

Europe:

 

 

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

  St. Gallen, Switzerland

Hardinge Holdings B.V.

  Amsterdam, Netherlands

Hardinge GmbH

  Krefeld, Germany

Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd.

  Leicester, England

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.

  Raamsdonksveer, Netherlands

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG

  St. Gallen, Switzerland

Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited

  Leicester, England

Jones & Shipman SARL

  Bron, France

Asia:

 

 

Hardinge China, Limited

  Hong Kong, People's Republic of China

Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  Shanghai, People's Republic of China

Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company, Limited

  Jiaxing, People's Republic of China

Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited

  Nan Tou City, Taiwan, Republic of China

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch

  Nan Tou City, Taiwan, Republic of China

        We have manufacturing facilities located in China, Switzerland, Taiwan, the United Kingdom ("U.K.") and the United States ("U.S."). We manufacture the majority of the products we sell.

Products

        We supply high precision computer controlled metal-cutting turning machines, grinding machines, vertical machining centers, and accessories related to those machines. We believe our products are known for accuracy, reliability, durability and value.

        We have been a manufacturer of industrial-use high precision and general precision turning machine tools since 1890. Turning machines, or lathes, are power-driven machines used to remove

1


Table of Contents

material from either bar stock or a rough-formed part by moving multiple cutting tools against the surface of a part rotating at very high speeds in a spindle mechanism. The multi-directional movement of the cutting tools allows the part to be shaped to the desired dimensions. On parts produced by our machines, those dimensions are often measured in millionths of an inch. We consider Hardinge to be a leader in the field of producing machines capable of consistently and cost-effectively producing parts to very close dimensions.

        Grinding is a machining process in which a part's surface is shaped to closer tolerances with a rotating abrasive wheel or tool. Grinding machines can be used to finish parts of various shapes and sizes. The grinding machines of our Kellenberger subsidiary are used to grind the inside and outside diameters of cylindrical parts. Such grinding machines are typically used to provide a more exact finish on a part that has been partially completed on a lathe. The grinding machines of Kellenberger, which are manufactured in both computer and manually controlled models, are generally purchased by the same type of customers as other Hardinge equipment and further our ability to be a primary source for our customers.

        Our Kellenberger precision grinding technology is complemented by our Hauser and Tschudin grinding brands. Hauser machines are jig grinders used to make demanding contour components, primarily for tool and mold-making applications. Tschudin product technology is focused on the specialized grinding of cylindrical parts when the customer requires high volume production. Our Tschudin machines are generally equipped with automatic loading and unloading mechanisms for the part being machined. These loading and unloading mechanisms significantly reduce the level of involvement a machine operator has to perform in the production process.

        During 2010, the Company established Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited. after acquiring the assets of Jones and Shipman, a UK-based manufacturer of grinding and super-abrasive machines and machining systems. Jones & Shipman manufactures and distributes a range of high-quality grinding (surface, creep feed and cylindrical) machines used by a diverse range of industries.

        Machining centers are designed to remove material from stationary, prismatic or box-like parts of various shapes with rotating tools that are capable of milling, drilling, tapping, reaming and routing. Machining centers have mechanisms that automatically change tools based on commands from a built-in computer control without the assistance of an operator. Machining centers are generally purchased by the same customers who purchase other Hardinge equipment. We supply a broad line of machining centers under our Bridgeport brand name addressing a range of sizes, speeds, and powers.

        Our machines are generally computer controlled and use commands from an integrated computer to control the movement of cutting tools, grinding wheels, part positioning, and in the case of turning and grinding machines, the rotation speeds of the part being shaped. The computer control enables the operator to program operations such as part rotation, tooling selection, and tooling movement for a specific part and then stores that program in memory for future use. The machines are able to produce parts while left unattended when connected to automatic bar-feeding, robotics equipment, or other material handling devices designed to supply raw materials and remove machined parts from the machine.

        New products are critical to our growth plans. We gain access to new products through internal product development, acquisitions, joint ventures, license agreements, and partnerships. Products are introduced each year to both broaden our product offering, to take advantage of new technologies available to us, and to replace previous models nearing the end of their life cycles. These technologies generally allow our machines to run at higher speeds and with more power, thus increasing their efficiency. Customers routinely replace old machines with newer machines that can produce parts faster and with less time to set up the machine when converting from one type of part to another. Generally, our machines can be used to produce parts from all of the standard ferrous and non-ferrous metals, as well as plastics, composites, and exotic materials.

2


Table of Contents

        We focus on products and solutions for companies making parts from hard to machine materials with hard to sustain close tolerances and hard to achieve surface finishes and which also may be hard to hold in the machine. We believe that with our high precision and super precision lathes, our grinding machines, and our rugged machining centers, combined with our accessory products and our technical expertise, we are uniquely qualified to be the supplier of choice for customers manufacturing to demanding specifications.

        On many of our machines, multiple options are available which allow customers to customize their machines to their specific operating performance and cost objectives. We produce machines for stock with popular option combinations for immediate delivery, as well as design and produce machines to specific customer requirements. In addition to our machines, we provide the necessary tooling, accessories, and support services to assist customers in maximizing their return on investment.

        The sale of repair parts is important to our business. Certain parts on machines wear over time or break through misuse. Customers will buy parts from us throughout the life of the machine, which is generally measured in multiple years. There are thousands of machines in operation in the world for which we provide those repair parts and in many cases the parts are available exclusively from us. In addition, we offer an extensive line of accessories including workholding, toolholding, and other industrial support products, which may be used on both our machines and those produced by others.

        We offer various warranties on our equipment and consider post-sale support to be a critical element of our business. Warranties on machines typically extend for twelve months after purchase. Services provided include operation and maintenance training, in-field maintenance, and in-field repair. We offer these post sales support services on a paid basis throughout the life of the machine. In territories covered by distributors, this support and service is offered through the distributor.

Sales, Markets and Distribution

        We sell our products in most of the industrialized countries of the world through a combination of distributors, agents, and manufacturers' representatives. In certain areas of China, France, Germany, Netherlands, North America, and the United Kingdom, we have also used a direct sales force for portions of our product lines. Generally, our distributors have an exclusive right to sell our products in a defined geographic area. Our distributors operate as independent businesses and purchase products from us at discounted prices for their customers, while agents and representatives sell products on our behalf and receive commissions on sales. Our discount schedule is adjusted to reflect the level of pre and post sales support offered by our distributors. Our direct sales personnel earn a fixed salary plus commission. Sales through distributors are made only on standard commercial open account terms or through letters of credit. Distributors generally take title to products upon shipment from our facilities and do not have any special return privileges.

        Our non-machine products are sold in the U.S. mainly through direct telephone orders to a toll-free telephone number and via our web site at www.shophardinge.com. In most cases, we are able to package and ship in-stock tooling and repair parts within 24 hours of receiving orders. We can package and ship items with heavy demand within a few hours. In other parts of the world, these products are sold on either a direct sales basis or through distributor arrangements.

        We promote recognition of our products in the marketplace through advertising in trade publications, web presences, email newsletters, and participation in industry trade shows. In addition, we market our non-machine products through publication of general catalogues and other targeted catalogues, which we distribute to existing and prospective customers. We have a substantial presence on the internet at www.hardinge.com where customers can obtain information about our products and place orders for workholding, rotary, and knee mill products.

3


Table of Contents

        A substantial portion of our end use customers are small and medium-sized independent job shops, which in turn sell machined parts to their industrial customers. Industries directly and indirectly served by us include aerospace, automotive, computer, communications, consumer-electronics, construction equipment, defense, energy, farm equipment, medical equipment, recreational equipment, and transportation.

        In 2011, no single customer or related group of customers accounted for more than 10% our consolidated sales. In 2010, a customer who is a supplier to the consumer electronics industry accounted for 10.7% of our consolidated sales. While valuing our relationship with each customer, we do not believe that the loss of any single customer, or any few customers, would have an adverse material effect on our business.

        Hardinge Inc. operates in a single business segment, industrial machine tools.

Competitive Conditions

        In our industry, the barriers to entry for competition vary based on the level of product performance required. For the products with the highest performance in terms of accuracy and productivity, the barriers are generally technical in nature. For basic products, often the barriers are not technical; they are tied to product availability, competitive price position, and an effective distribution model that offers the pre and post sales support required by customers. Another significant barrier in the global machine tool industry is the high level of working capital that is required to operate the business.

        We compete in the various segments of the machine tool market within the products of turning, milling, grinding and workholding. We compete with numerous vendors in each market segment we serve. The primary competitive factors in the marketplace for our machine tools are reliability, price, delivery time, service, and technological characteristics. Our management considers our segment of the industry to be extremely competitive. There are many manufacturers of machine tools in the world. They can be categorized by the size of material their products can machine and the precision level they can achieve. For our high precision, multi-tasking turning and milling equipment, competition comes primarily from companies such as Mori-Seiki, Mazak, and Okuma, which are based in Japan, and DMG, which is based in Germany. Competition in our more standard turning and milling equipment comes to some degree from those companies as well as Doosan, which is based in South Korea, and Haas which is based in the U.S., as well as many Taiwanese companies. Our cylindrical grinding machines compete primarily with Studer, a Swiss Company as well as Toyoda and Shigiya, which are based in Japan. Our Hauser jig grinding machines compete primarily with Moore Tool, which is based in the U.S., and some Japanese suppliers. Our surface grinding machines compete with Okamoto in Japan and Chevalier in Taiwan. Our accessories products compete with many smaller companies.

        The overall number of our competitors providing product solutions serving our market segments may increase. Also, the composition of competitors may change as we broaden our product offerings and the geographic markets we serve. As we expand into new market segments, we will face competition not only from our existing competitors but from other competitors as well, including existing companies with strong technological, marketing and sales positions in those markets. In addition, several of our competitors may have greater resources, including financial, technical, and engineering resources, than we do.

Sources and Availability of Components

        We produce certain of our lathes, knee mills, and related products at our Elmira, New York plant. The Kellenberger grinding machines and related products are manufactured at our St. Gallen, Switzerland plant and Hauser and Tschudin products are produced at our Biel, Switzerland facility. The Jones & Shipman grinding machines are manufactured at our Leicester, England plant. We produce

4


Table of Contents

machining centers and lathes at our facilities in Hardinge Taiwan in Nan Tou, Taiwan, Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. in Shanghai, China, and Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd. in Jiaxing, China. We manufacture products from various raw materials, including cast iron, sheet metal, and bar steel. We purchase a number of components, sub-assemblies and assemblies from outside suppliers, including the computer and electronic components for our computer controlled lathes, grinding machines, and machining centers. There are multiple suppliers for virtually all of our raw material, components, sub-assemblies and assemblies and historically, we have not experienced a serious supply interruption, however, with the recent increase in demand driven by early 2011 worldwide order activity, producers of bearings, ball screws, and linear guides had difficulty meeting demand. Similar demand increase in the future could impact our production schedules.

        A major component of our computer controlled machines is the computer and related electronics package. We purchase these components for our lathes and machining centers primarily from Fanuc Limited, a large Japanese electronics company and Heidenhain, a German control supplier. We also utilize controls from Siemens, another German control manufacturer, on certain machine models in our line of machining centers. On our grinding machines we offer Heidenhain and Fanuc controls. While we believe that design changes could be made to our machines to allow sourcing from several other existing suppliers, and we occasionally do so for special orders, a disruption in the supply of the computer controls from one of our suppliers could cause us to experience a substantial disruption of our operations, depending on the circumstances at the time. We purchase parts from these suppliers under normal trade terms. There are no agreements with these suppliers to purchase minimum volumes per year.

Research and Development

        Our ongoing research and development program involves creating new products, modifying existing products to meet market demands, and redesigning existing products, both to add new functionality and to reduce the cost of manufacturing. The research and development departments throughout the world are staffed with experienced design engineers with varying levels of education, ranging from technical to doctoral degrees.

        The worldwide cost of research and development, all of which has been charged to cost of goods sold, amounted to $12.2 million, $9.4 million and $9.3 million, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Patents

        Although we hold several patents with respect to certain of our products, we do not believe that our business is dependent to any material extent upon any single patent or group of patents.

Seasonal Trends and Working Capital Requirements

        Hardinge's business and that of the machine tool industry in general, is cyclical. It is not subject to significant seasonal trends. However, our quarterly results are subject to fluctuation based on the timing of our shipments of machine tools, which are largely dependent upon customer delivery requirements. Given that a larger percentage of our sales are now from Asia, the impact of plant shutdowns in that region by us and our customers due to the Lunar New Year may impact first quarter sales, income from operations, and net income, and result in the first quarter being the lowest quarter of the year.

        The ability to deliver products within a short period of time is an important competitive criterion. We must have inventory on hand to meet customers' delivery expectations, which for standard machines are typically from immediate to eight weeks delivery. Meeting this requirement is especially difficult with some of our products, where delivery is extended due to ocean travel times, depending on the location of the customer. This creates a need to have inventory of finished machines available in our major markets to serve our customers in a timely manner.

5


Table of Contents

        We deliver many of our machine products within one to two months after the order. Some orders, especially multiple machine orders, are delivered on a turnkey basis with the machine or group of machines configured to make certain parts for the customer. This type of order often includes the addition of material handling equipment, tooling and specific programming. In those cases the customer usually observes and inspects the parts being made on the machine at our facility before it is shipped and the timing of the sale is dependent upon the customer's schedule and acceptance. Therefore, sales from quarter-to-quarter can vary depending upon the timing of those customers' acceptances and the significance of those orders.

        We feel it is important, where practical, to provide readily available workholding and replacement parts for the machines we sell and we carry inventory at levels sufficient to meet these customer requirements.

Governmental Regulations

        We believe that our current operations and our current uses of property, plant and equipment conform in all material respects to applicable laws and regulations in the multiple countries in which we conduct business.

Governmental Contracts

        No material portion of our business is subject to government contracts.

Environmental Matters

        Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters.

        Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liabilities for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to certain property we own and on adjacent areas.

        In particular, our Elmira, NY manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the "Site") encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, NY. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the Koppers Pond (the "Pond") portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.

        A substantial portion of the Pond is located on our property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc. (the Potentially Responsible Parties or "PRPs") has agreed to voluntarily participate in the Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.

6


Table of Contents

        In May 2008, the EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan. The PRPs commenced field work in the spring of 2008 and on September 7, 2011 submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA. The PRPs are continuing to address EPA comments and to perform the tasks required by the RI/FS Work Plan and Administrative Settlement Agreement.

        Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a PRP at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on our property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and had found no evidence that our operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. We have not established a reserve for any potential costs relating to this Site, as it is too early in the process to determine our responsibility as well as to estimate any potential costs to remediate. We have notified all appropriate insurance carriers and are actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.

        Although we believe, based upon information currently available that, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2011, Hardinge Inc. employed 1,332 persons, 409 of whom were located in the United States. None of our U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Management believes that relations with Hardinge's employees are good.

Foreign Operations and Export Sales

        Information related to foreign and domestic operations and sales is included in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report. Our strategy has been to diversify our sales and operations geographically so that the impact of economic trends in different regions can be balanced.

        The risks associated with conducting business on an international basis are discussed further in Item 1A—Risk Factors.

7


Table of Contents

Item 1A.—RISK FACTORS

        The various risks related to the Company's business include the risks described below. The business, financial condition or results of operations of Hardinge Inc. could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The risks and uncertainties described below or elsewhere in this Form 10-K are not the only ones to which we are exposed. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business and operations. If any of the matters included in the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our customers' activity levels and spending for our products and services have been impacted by the current global economic conditions, especially deterioration in the credit markets.

        Many of our customers finance their purchases of our products through cash flow from operations, the incurrence of debt or from the proceeds received in connection with an issuance of equity. The recent world-wide financial crisis and related impact on the global financial market generated significant losses due to failures of many dominant financial institutions. The governments of the United States and several foreign countries instituted bailout plans to assist many banks and others impacted by the economic crisis. This crisis has resulted in, among other things, a significant decline in the credit markets and the availability of credit, the impact of which is still being experienced today in some of our markets. Additionally, many of our customers' equity values have substantially declined. The combination of a reduction in borrowing bases under asset based credit facilities and the reduced availability of debt or equity financing may result in a decrease in our customers' spending for our products and may impact the ability of our customers to pay amounts owed to us. In addition, this crisis and economic uncertainty resulted in an overall decrease in consumer and business spending, which negatively impacted the need our customers have for our products. While economic conditions have shown signs of improvement in many of our markets, future slow or negative growth in the global economy may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in general economic conditions and the cyclical nature of our business could harm our operating results.

        Our business is cyclical in nature, following the strength and weakness of the manufacturing economies in the geographic markets we serve. As a result of this cyclicality, we have experienced, and in the future we can be expected to experience, significant fluctuations in sales and operating income, which may affect our business, operating results, financial condition and the market price of our common shares.

        The following factors, among others, significantly influence demand for our products:

    Fluctuations in capacity at both OEMs and job shops;

    The availability of skilled machinists;

    The need to replace machines that have reached the end of their useful life;

    The need to replace older machines with new technology that increases productivity, reduces general manufacturing costs, and machines parts in a new way;

    The evolution of end-use products requiring machining to more specific tolerances;

    Our customers' use of new materials requiring machining by different processes;

    General economic and manufacturing industry expansions and contractions; and

    Changes in manufacturing capabilities in developing regions.

8


Table of Contents

Our competitive position and prospects for growth may be diminished if we are unable to develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis that are accepted in the market.

        The machine tool industry is subject to technological change, rapidly evolving industry standards, changing customer requirements, and improvements in and expansion of product offerings, especially with respect to computer-controlled products. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings by competitors, and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis that are accepted in the market, will be significant factors in our ability to compete and grow. Moreover, if technologies or standards used in our products become obsolete or fail to gain widespread commercial acceptance, our business would be materially adversely affected. Developments by our competitors or others may render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. Failure to effectively introduce new products or product enhancements on a timely basis could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers to obtain certain components, sub-assemblies, assemblies and products. Delays in deliveries from or the loss of any of these suppliers may cause us to incur additional costs, result in delays in manufacturing and delivering our products or cause us to carry excess or obsolete inventory.

        Some components, sub-assemblies, or assemblies we use in the manufacturing of our products are purchased from a limited number of suppliers. Our purchases from these suppliers are generally not made pursuant to long-term contracts and are subject to additional risks associated with purchasing products internationally, including risks associated with potential import restrictions and exchange rate fluctuations, as well as changes in tax laws, tariffs, and freight rates. Although we believe that our relationships with these suppliers are good, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain these products from these suppliers on satisfactory terms indefinitely. The present economic environment could also pose the risk of one of these key suppliers going out of business, or cause delays in delivery times of critical components as business conditions rebound and demand increases.

        We believe that design changes could be made to our machines to allow sourcing of components, sub-assemblies, assemblies or products from several other suppliers; however, a disruption in the supply from any of our suppliers could cause us to experience a material adverse effect on our operations.

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected by the political and economic conditions of the countries in which we conduct business and other factors related to our international operations.

        We manufacture a substantial portion of our products overseas and sell our products throughout the world. In 2011, approximately 74% of our products were sold in countries outside of North America. In addition, a majority of our employees are located outside of the United States. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to particular countries in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. These factors include:

    A prolonged world-wide economic downturn or economic uncertainty in our principal international markets including Asia and Europe;

    Changes in political, regulatory, legal, or economic conditions;

    Restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas, customs duties and tariffs, or trade barriers erected by either the United States or other countries where we do business;

9


Table of Contents

    Disruptions of capital and trading markets;

    Changes in import or export licensing requirements;

    Transportation delays;

    Civil disturbances or political instability;

    Geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism or war;

    Currency restrictions and exchange rate fluctuations;

    Changes in labor standards;

    Limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property;

    Nationalization and expropriation;

    Changes in domestic and foreign tax laws;

    Difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and

    Major health concerns.

        Moreover, international conflicts are creating many economic and political uncertainties that are affecting the global economy. Escalation of existing international conflicts or the occurrence of new international conflicts could severely affect our operations and demand for our products.

We may face trade barriers that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and result in a loss of customers or suppliers.

        Trade barriers established by the United States or other countries may interfere with our ability to offer our products in those markets. We manufacture a substantial portion of our products overseas and sell our products throughout the world. We cannot predict whether the United States or any other country will impose new quotas, tariffs, taxes, or other trade barriers upon the importation or exportation of our products or supplies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Competition and trade barriers in those countries could require us to reduce prices, increase spending on marketing or product development, withdraw or not enter certain markets, or otherwise take actions adverse to us.

        In addition, our subsidiaries may require future equity-related financing, and any capital contributions to certain of our subsidiaries may require the approval of the relevant authorities in the jurisdiction in which the subsidiary is incorporated. Those approvals may be required from the investment commissions or similar agencies of the particular jurisdiction and relate to any initial or additional equity investment by foreign entities in local entities.

        In all jurisdictions in which we operate, we are also subject to the laws and regulations that govern foreign investment and foreign trade, which may limit our ability to repatriate cash as dividends or otherwise.

Our business is highly competitive, and increased competition could reduce our sales, earnings and profitability.

        The markets in which our machines and other products are sold are extremely competitive and highly fragmented. In marketing our products, we compete primarily with other businesses on quality, reliability, price, value, delivery time, service, and technological characteristics. We compete with a number of U.S., European, and Asian competitors, many of which are larger, have greater financial and other resources, and are supported by governmental or financial institution subsidies. Increased

10


Table of Contents

competition could force us to lower our prices or to offer additional product features or services at a higher cost to us, which could reduce our earnings.

        The greater financial resources or the lower amount of debt of certain of our competitors may enable them to commit larger amounts of capital in response to changing market conditions. Certain competitors may also have the ability to develop product innovations that could put us at a disadvantage. If we are unable to compete successfully against other manufacturers in our marketplace, we could lose customers, and our sales may decline. There can also be no assurance that customers will continue to regard our products favorably, that we will be able to develop new products that appeal to customers, that we will be able to improve or maintain our profit margins on sales to our customers, or that we will be able to continue to compete successfully in our core markets. While we believe our product lines compete effectively in their markets, we may not continue to do so.

Acquisitions could disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

        We may elect to increase our product offerings and the markets we serve through acquisitions of other companies, product lines, technologies and personnel. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

    Difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies;

    Diversion of management's attention from normal daily operations of the business;

    Potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development;

    Difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;

    Initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners;

    Difficulties in predicting market demand for acquired products and technologies and the resultant risk of acquiring excess or obsolete inventory;

    Insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions; and

    The potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies.

        Acquisitions may also cause us to:

    Issue common stock that would dilute our current shareholders' percentage ownership;

    Increase our level of indebtedness;

    Assume liabilities;

    Record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges;

    Incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

    Incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; and

    Become subject to litigation.

        Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our future acquisitions, if any, will be successful and will not have material adverse affect on our business, operating results or financial condition. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions we make could harm our business and operating results in a material way. Prior acquisitions have resulted in a wide range of outcomes, from successful introduction of new products, technologies, facilities, and personnel to an

11


Table of Contents

inability to do so. Even when an acquired business has already developed and marketed products, there can be no assurance that product enhancements will be made in a timely fashion or that pre-acquisition due diligence will have identified all possible issues that might arise with respect to such products.

If we are unable to access additional capital on favorable terms, our liquidity, business, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        The ability to raise financial capital, either in public or private markets or through commercial banks, is critical to our current business and future growth. Our business is generally working capital intensive requiring a long cash-out to cash-in cycle. In addition, we will rely on the availability of longer-term debt financing or equity financing to make investments in new opportunities. Our access to the financial markets could be adversely impacted by various factors including the following:

    Changes in credit markets that reduce available credit or the ability to renew existing facilities on acceptable terms;

    A deterioration in our financial condition that would violate current loan agreement covenants or prohibit us from obtaining additional capital from banks, financial institutions, or investors;

    Extreme volatility in credit markets that increase margin or credit requirements; and

    Volatility in our results that would substantially increase the cost of our capital.

We are subject to significant foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect our operations and our ability to reinvest earnings from operations.

        Our international operations generate sales in a number of foreign currencies including British Pound Sterling ("GBP"), Chinese Renminbi ("CNY"), Euros ("EUR"), New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD"), and Swiss Francs ("CHF"). Therefore, our results of operations and financial condition are affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar ("USD"). In addition, our purchases of components in CNY, EUR, TWD, CHF, and Japanese Yen ("JPY") are affected by inter-currency fluctuations in exchange rates.

        We prepare our financial statements in U.S. Dollars in accordance with U.S. GAAP, but a sizable portion of our revenue and operating expenses are in foreign currencies. As a result, we are subject to significant risks, including:

    Foreign exchange risks resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates and the implementation of exchange controls; and

    Limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries.

        Changes in exchange rates will result in increases or decreases in our revenues, costs, and earnings, and may also affect the book value of our assets located outside of the United States and the amount of our invested equity. Although we may seek to decrease our currency exposure by engaging in hedges against significant transactions and balance sheet currency exposures where we deem it appropriate, we do not hedge against translation risks. Though we monitor and manage our exposures to changes in currency exchange rates, and utilize currency exchange forward contracts and swaps to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, changes in exchange rates nonetheless cannot always be predicted or hedged. Consequently, we cannot assure you that any efforts to minimize our risk to currency movements will be successful. To the extent we sell our products in markets other than the market in which they are manufactured, currency fluctuations may result in our products becoming too expensive for customers in those markets.

12


Table of Contents

Prices of some raw materials, especially steel and iron, fluctuate, which can adversely affect our sales, costs, and profitability.

        We manufacture products with a relatively high iron castings or steel content, commodities for which worldwide prices fluctuate. The availability of and prices for these and other raw materials are subject to volatility due to worldwide supply and demand forces, speculative actions, inventory levels, exchange rates, production costs, and anticipated or perceived shortages. In some cases, those cost increases can be passed on to customers in the form of price increases; in other cases, they cannot. If raw material prices increase and we are not able to charge our customers higher prices to compensate, it would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate based on customer delivery requirements.

        Our quarterly results are subject to significant fluctuation based on the timing of our shipments of machine tools, which are largely dependent upon customer delivery requirements. With individual machines priced as high as $1.5 million and several machines frequently sold together as a package, a request by a customer to delay shipment at quarter end could significantly affect our quarterly results. Given that a larger percentage of our sales are now from Asia, the impact of the one week to two weeks plant shut downs in that region by us and our customers due to the Lunar New Year, the first quarter sales, income from operations, and net income may be the lowest quarter of the year.

Our expenditures for post-retirement pension obligations could be materially higher than we have predicted if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect or we are required to use different assumptions.

        We provide defined benefit pension plans to eligible employees. Our pension expense, the funding status of our plans and related charges in other comprehensive income, and our required contributions to our pension plans are directly affected by the value of plan assets, the projected rate of return on plan assets, the actual rate of return on plan assets and the actuarial assumptions we use to measure our defined benefit pension plan obligations, including the rate at which future obligations are discounted to a present value, or the discount rate.

        Our market-related value of assets recognizes asset losses and gains over a five-year period, which we believe is consistent with the long-term nature of our pension obligations. As a result, the effect of changes in the market value of assets on our pension expense may be experienced in future years rather than fully reflected in the expense for the year immediately following the year in which the fluctuations actually occurred.

        For the year ended December 31, 2011, the value of our Pension Plan Assets decreased by $7.4 million primarily due to decreases in market value of the underlying assets and plan settlement. The investment performance of our pension plan assets could significantly impact the growth of those assets. Should the assets earn a return less than the assumed rate of return over time, it is likely that future pension expenses and funding requirements would increase. Investment earnings in excess of the assumed rate of return may reduce future pension expenses and funding requirements.

        For our domestic and foreign plans, discount rates are based on the yields on high grade corporate bonds in each market with maturities matching the projected benefit payments. Discount rates are used to determine the present value of the projected and accumulated benefit obligation at the end of each year. A change in the discount rate would impact the funded status of our plans. An increase to the discount rate would reduce the pension liability and future pension expense and, conversely, a lower discount rate would increase pension liability and the future pension expense.

        To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, for our domestic and foreign plans, we consider the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds) in each market, the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other

13


Table of Contents

asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class is then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption.

        For pension accounting purposes in our U.S. based plan, which is the largest of our plans, the rate of return assumed on the market-related value of plan assets for determining pension expense was 8.00% for 2011 and 2010. The discount rate used for determining the obligation was 5.11% at December 31, 2011 compared to 5.93% at December 31, 2010.

        We have two defined benefit plans in our Swiss subsidiary. When taken as a whole, the two plans are the second largest of our defined benefit plan. The rate of return assumed on the market-related value of plan assets for determining pension expense on plan assets was 3.90% for 2011 and 2010. The discount rate used for determining the obligation was 2.7% for 2011 and 2010.

        Based on current guidelines, assumptions and estimates, including stock market prices and interest rates, we expect to make a cash contribution of approximately $5.7 million to our U.S. pension plans in 2012 and approximately $2.2 million to the foreign plans in 2012. If our current assumptions and estimates are not correct, a contribution in years beyond 2012 may be more or less than the projected 2012 contribution.

        In addition, we cannot predict whether changing market or economic conditions, regulatory changes or other factors will increase our pension expenses or our funding obligations, diverting funds we would otherwise apply to other uses. At December 31, 2011, the excess of consolidated projected benefit obligations over plan assets was $45.3 million and the excess of consolidated accumulated benefit obligations over plan assets was $40.2 million.

Our U.S. defined benefit pension plan is currently underfunded and we will be required to make cash payments to the plan, reducing the cash available for our business.

        We record a liability associated with the U.S. defined benefit pension plan equal to the excess of the benefit obligation over the fair value of plan assets. The liability recorded at December 31, 2011 was $31.6 million. We expect to make estimated funding contributions totaling approximately $5.5 million in fiscal 2012, of which $3.9 million represents a receivable contribution for the 2011 plan year. Contribution levels are largely contingent on asset returns and corporate bond yields. If the performance of the assets in our U.S. defined benefit pension plan does not meet our expectations and/or corporate bond yields decrease, our future contributions to the plan could increase. Our U.S. defined benefit pension plan is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA. Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or PBGC, has the authority to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances.

If we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees to work at our manufacturing facilities our operations and growth prospects would be adversely impacted.

        We conduct substantially all of our manufacturing operations in relatively small urban areas. Our continued success depends on our ability to attract and retain a skilled labor force at these locations. If we are not able to attract and retain the personnel we require, we may be unable to develop, manufacture, and market our products, or to expand our operations in a manner that best exploits market opportunities and capitalizes on our investment in our business. This would materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

14


Table of Contents

Due to future technological changes, changes in market demand, or changes in market expectations, portions of our inventory may become obsolete or excessive.

        The technologies within our products change and generally new versions of machines are brought to market in three to five year cycles. The phasing out of an old product involves both estimating the amount of inventory to hold to satisfy the final demand for those machines as well as to satisfy future repair part needs. Based on changing customer demand and expectations of delivery times for repair parts, we may find that we have either obsolete or excess inventory on hand. Because of unforeseen changes in technology, market demand, or competition, we may have to write off unusable inventory at some time in the future, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Major changes in the economic situation of our customer base could require us to write off significant portion of our receivables from customers.

        In difficult economic periods, our customers lose work and find it difficult if not impossible to pay for products purchased from us. Although appropriate credit reviews are done at the time of sale, rapidly changing economic conditions can have sudden impacts on customers' ability to pay. We run the risk of bad debt on existing time payment contracts and open accounts. If we write off significant parts of our customer accounts or notes receivable because of unforeseen changes in their business condition, it would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

If we suffer damage to our factories, facilities or distribution system due to catastrophe, our operations could be seriously harmed.

        Our factories, facilities, and distribution system are subject to catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, terrorism, or other natural or man-made disasters. In particular, several of our facilities could be subject to a catastrophic loss caused by earthquake due to their locations. Our facilities in Southeast Asia are located in areas with above average seismic activity. If any of our facilities were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue, and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility.

We rely in part on independent distributors and the loss of these distributors could adversely affect our business.

        In addition to our direct sales force, we depend on the services of independent distributors and agents to sell our products and provide service and aftermarket support to our customers. We support an extensive distributor and agent network worldwide. In 2011, approximately 69% of our sales were through distributors and agents. In December 2009, we reorganized our U.S. distribution from a joint distributor network and direct sales force to a new group of distributors. Rather than serving as passive conduits for delivery of product, many of our distributors are active participants in the sale and support of our products. Many of the distributors with whom we transact business offer competitive products and services to our customers. In addition, the distribution agreements we have are typically cancelable by the distributor after a relatively short notice period. The loss of a substantial number of our distributors or an increase in the distributors' sales of our competitors' products to our customers could reduce our sales and profits.

We rely on estimated forecasts of our customers' needs and inaccuracies in such forecasts could adversely affect our business.

        We generally sell our products pursuant to individual purchase orders instead of long-term purchase commitments. Therefore, we rely on estimated demand forecasts, based upon input from our customers and the general economic environment, to determine how much material to purchase and product to manufacture. Because our sales are based on purchase orders, our customers may cancel,

15


Table of Contents

delay, or otherwise modify their purchase commitments with little or no consequence to them and with little or no notice to us. For these reasons, we generally have limited visibility regarding our customers' actual product needs. The quantities or timing required by our customers for our products could vary significantly. Whether in response to changes affecting the industry or a customer's specific business pressures, any cancellation, delay, or other modification in our customers' orders could significantly reduce our revenue, cause our operating results to fluctuate from period to period and make it more difficult for us to predict our revenue. In the event of a cancellation or reduction of a customer order, we may not have enough time to reduce inventory purchases or our workforce to minimize the effect of the lost revenue on our business. During 2011 and 2010, net orders and related sales were impacted by order cancellations of $15.9 million and $10.2 million, respectively, primarily due to the global economic conditions.

We could face potential product liability claims relating to products we manufacture, which could result in us having to expend significant time and expense to defend these claims and to pay material amounts in damages or settlement.

        We face a business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury or other adverse effects. We currently maintain product liability insurance coverage; however, such insurance does not cover all types of damages that could be assessed against us in a product liability claim and the coverage amounts are subject to limitations under the applicable policies. We may not be able to obtain product liability insurance on acceptable terms in the future. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In addition, we believe our business depends on the strong brand reputation we have developed. In the event that our reputation is damaged, we may face difficulty in maintaining our pricing positions with respect to some of our products, which would reduce our sales and profitability.

Current employment laws or changes in employment laws could increase our costs and may adversely affect our business.

        Various federal, state and foreign labor laws govern the relationship with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime, unemployment tax rates, workers' compensation rates, citizenship requirements, and costs to terminate or layoff employees. Significant additional government-imposed increases in the following areas could materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flow:

    minimum wages;

    mandated health benefits;

    paid leaves of absence;

    mandatory severance payments; and

    employment taxes.

We are subject to environmental laws that could impose significant costs on us and the failure to comply with such laws could subject us to sanctions and material fines and expenses.

        Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters.

16


Table of Contents

        Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liabilities for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to certain property we own and on adjacent areas.

        In particular, our Elmira, NY manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the "Site") encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, NY. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the Koppers Pond (the "Pond") portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.

        A substantial portion of the Pond is located on our property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc. (the Potentially Responsible Parties or "PRPs") has agreed to voluntarily participate in the Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.

        In May 2008, the EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan. The PRPs commenced field work in the spring of 2008 and on September 7, 2011 submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA. The PRPs are continuing to address EPA comments and to perform the tasks required by the RI/FS Work Plan and Administrative Settlement Agreement.

        Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a PRP at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on our property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and had found no evidence that our operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. We have not established a reserve for any potential costs relating to this Site, as it is too early in the process to determine our responsibility as well as to estimate any potential costs to remediate. We have notified all appropriate insurance carriers and are actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.

        Although we believe, based upon information currently available that, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

The loss of current members of our senior management team and other key personnel may adversely affect our operating results.

        The loss of senior management and other key personnel could impair our ability to carry out our business plan. We believe our future success will depend in part on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. The loss of senior management and other key personnel may

17


Table of Contents

adversely affect our operating results as we incur costs to replace the departing personnel and potentially lose opportunities in the transition of important job functions.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud.

        Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, to prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded company. Our efforts to maintain an effective system of internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Ineffective internal controls subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in our reported financial information, which could have an adverse effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under New York law may discourage a third party from acquiring us.

        Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making a proposal to acquire us and, as a result, may inhibit a change in control of the Company under circumstances that could give the shareholders the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common shares. These include:

        A Staggered Board of Directors.     Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that our Board of Directors, currently consisting of eight members, is divided into three classes of directors, with each class consisting of two or three directors, and with the classes serving staggered three-year terms. This classification of the directors has the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders, including those holding a majority of our outstanding shares, to force an immediate change in the composition of our Board of Directors.

        Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies.     Our certificate of incorporation provides that a member of our Board of Directors may be removed only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the securities entitled to vote at an election of directors. Newly created directorships and Board of Director vacancies resulting from death, removal or other causes may be filled only by a majority vote of the then remaining directors. Accordingly, it is more difficult for shareholders, including those holding a majority of our outstanding shares, to force an immediate change in the composition of our Board of Directors.

        Supermajority Voting Provisions for Certain Business Combinations.     Our certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of all of the securities entitled to vote and at least 75% of shareholders who are not Major Shareholders (defined as 10% beneficial holders) in order to effect certain mergers, sales of assets or other business combinations involving the Company. These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company.

        In addition, as a New York corporation we are subject to provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law which may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire and exercise control over us pursuant to a tender offer or request or invitation for tenders. These provisions could have the effect of deterring or delaying changes in incumbent management, proxy contests or changes in control.

Item 1B.—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.—PROPERTIES

        Pertinent information concerning the principal properties of the Company and its subsidiaries is as follows:

Owned Properties:

Location
  Type of Facility   Acreage (Land)
Square Footage
(Building)

Horseheads, New York

  Manufacturing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration   80 acres
515,000 sq. ft.

Jiaxing, China

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, Demonstration, and Administration (Buildings and improvements are owned by the Company; land is under 50-year lease expiring November 2060)

 

7 acres
223,179 sq. ft

St. Gallen, Switzerland

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

 

8 acres
162,924 sq. ft.

Nan Tou, Taiwan

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

 

3 acres
123,204 sq. ft.

Biel, Switzerland

 

Manufacturing, Engineering, and Turnkey Systems

 

4 acres
41,500 sq. ft.

Romanshorn, Switzerland

 

Manufacturing

 

2 acres
42,324 sq. ft.

19


Table of Contents

Leased Properties:

Location
  Type of Facility   Square Footage   Lease
Expiration
Date
 

Shanghai, People's Republic of China

  Product Assembly, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Sales, Service, Demonstration, and Administration     68,620 sq. ft.     2/29/12  

Leicester, England

 

Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

   
55,000 sq. ft.
   
3/31/19
 

Taichung, Taiwan

 

Manufacturing

   
30,243 sq. ft.
   
7/31/13
 

Leicester, England

 

Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

   
30,172 sq. ft.
   
1/31/15
 

Biel, Switzerland

 

Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration

   
19,375 sq. ft.
   
6/30/12
 

Krefeld, Germany

 

Sales, Service, Demonstration, and Administration

   
14,402 sq. ft.
   
3/31/20
 

St. Gallen, Switzerland

 

Manufacturing

   
14,208 sq. ft.
   
3/31/12
 

Raamsdonksveer, Netherlands

 

Sales, Service, and Demonstration

   
10,226 sq. ft.
   
2/28/12
 

ITEM 3.—LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        The Company is from time to time involved in routine litigation incidental to its operations. None of the litigation in which we are currently involved, individually or in the aggregate, is anticipated to be material to our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

20


Table of Contents


PART II

        

ITEM 5.—MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        The following table reflects the highest and lowest values at which our common stock traded in each quarter of the last two years. Hardinge Inc. common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "HDNG." The table also includes dividends per share, by quarter.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Values   Values  
 
  High   Low   Dividends   High   Low   Dividends  

Quarter Ended

                                     

March 31,

  $ 14.00   $ 8.64   $ 0.005   $ 9.60   $ 5.18   $ 0.005  

June 30,

    13.80     9.76     0.005     10.09     8.40     0.005  

September 30,

    12.13     7.76     0.02     9.11     7.43     0.005  

December 31,

    9.98     6.97     0.02     9.85     7.54     0.005  

        At March 12, 2012, there were 258 shareholders of record of our common stocks.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        There were no issuer repurchases of our common stock for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

Performance Graph

        The graph below compares the five-year cumulative total return for Hardinge Inc. Common Stock with the comparable returns for the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S.) Index, a new group of 16 peer issuers, and our old group of 14 issuers. In 2011, we restructured our peer group based on a review and recommendation by an outside consultant Radford, an Aon Hewitt Company. The companies included in our new peer group were selected based on comparability to Hardinge with respect to market capitalization, sales, manufactured products and international presence. Our new peer group includes Altra Holding, Inc., Amtech Systems Inc., Cohu, Inc., Columbus McKinnon Corp., Electro Scientific Industries Inc., Flow International Corporation, Global Power Equipment Group Inc., Hurco Companies Inc., Kadant Inc., Nanometrics Inc., Newport Corporation, NN, Inc., Sifco Industries Inc., Transcat Inc., Twin Disc Inc., and Zygo Corporation. Our old peer group included Amtech Systems Inc., Columbus McKinnon Corp., Electro Scientific Industries Inc., Flow International Corporation, Hurco Companies Inc., Kadant Inc., Ladish Company Inc., Nanometrics Inc., Newport Corporation, NN, Inc., Sifco Industries Inc., Transcat Inc., Twin Disc Inc., and Zygo Corporation. Cumulative total return represents the change in stock price and the amount of dividends received during the indicated period, assuming reinvestment of dividends. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2006. The stock performance shown in the graph is included in response to SEC requirements and is not intended to forecast or to be indicative of future performance.

21


Table of Contents


COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Hardinge Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index,
an Old Peer Group and a New Peer Groups

GRAPHIC


*
$100 invested on 12/31/06 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

Fiscal year ending December 31
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  

Hardinge Inc

    100.00     112.39     27.42     37.55     66.65     55.37  

NASDAQ Composite

    100.00     110.26     65.65     95.19     112.10     110.81  

Old Peer Group

    100.00     104.60     38.55     56.03     93.37     85.19  

New Peer Group

    100.00     102.80     42.29     60.23     97.20     88.17  

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.—SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected financial data is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, related notes and other information included herein (amounts in thousands except per share data).

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

                               

Net sales

  $ 341,573   $ 257,007   $ 214,071   $ 345,006   $ 356,322  

Cost of sales

    250,545     195,717     173,275     252,741     248,911  
                       

Gross profit

    91,028     61,290     40,796     92,265     107,411  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    73,599     65,650     68,000     95,676     85,841  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    46     (1,045 )   240     (54 )   (1,372 )

Other expense (income)

    786     (560 )   556     2,120     (1,321 )

Impairment charges(1)

        (25 )   1,650     24,351      
                       

Operating income (loss)

    16,597     (2,730 )   (29,650 )   (29,828 )   24,263  

Interest expense

    339     426     1,926     1,714     3,051  

Interest income

    (101 )   (90 )   (114 )   (285 )   (224 )
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    16,359     (3,066 )   (31,462 )   (31,257 )   21,436  

Income taxes

    4,373     2,168     1,847     3,048     6,510  
                       

Net income (loss)(1)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 ) $ (34,305 ) $ 14,926  
                       

PER SHARE DATA:

                               

Average common shares used in basic computation

    11,463     11,409     11,372     11,309     10,442  

Basic (loss) earnings per share(2)

  $ 1.03   $ (0.46 ) $ (2.93 ) $ (3.04 ) $ 1.41  
                       

Weighted average number of Common shares outstanding—diluted

    11,548     11,409     11,372     11,309     10,482  

Diluted (loss) earnings per share(2)

  $ 1.02   $ (0.46 ) $ (2.93 ) $ (3.04 ) $ 1.40  
                       

Cash dividends declared per share

  $ 0.05   $ 0.02   $ 0.025   $ 0.16   $ 0.20  
                       

BALANCE SHEET DATA

                               

Working capital

  $ 126,851   $ 126,669   $ 129,549   $ 151,613   $ 189,464  

Total assets

    311,669     274,847     242,204     309,825     361,828  

Total debt

    21,537     5,044     5,022     28,121     27,819  

Shareholders' equity

    147,023     157,902     161,530     168,127     255,145  

(1)
2009 results include a non-cash charge for impairment of $1.7 million associated with certain machinery and equipment formerly utilized in the manufacture of non-critical parts in our Elmira, NY facility. 2008 results include a non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets of $24.3 million due to the diminished value of goodwill and intangible assets in our Canadian, English, and Swiss entities.

(2)
We adopted the provisions of ASC 260 on January 1, 2009, which establishes that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The adoption of these provisions resulted in an increase in (loss) per share of $0.01 in 2008 and a reduction in income per share of $0.02 in 2007. Diluted (loss) per share was impacted by an increase in (loss) per share of $0.01 in 2008 and a reduction in income per share of $0.01 in 2007.

23


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.—MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Overview.     Our primary business is designing, manufacturing, and distributing high-precision computer controlled metal-cutting turning, grinding, and milling machines and related accessories. We are geographically diversified with manufacturing facilities in Switzerland, Taiwan, the United States ("U.S."), China, and the United Kingdom ("U.K.") with sales to most industrialized countries. Approximately 74% of our 2011 sales were to customers outside of North America, 82% of our 2011 products sold were manufactured outside of North America, and 70% of our employees were outside of North America.

        Our machine products are considered to be capital goods and are part of what has historically been a highly cyclical industry. Our management believes that a key performance indicator is our order level as compared to industry measures of market activity levels.

        General economic conditions around the world continued to improve during 2011 when compared to 2009 and 2010, as the world recovered from the global economic recession. Reduced availability of credit continues to impact our customers' ability to obtain financing in certain regions. Order volumes continued to improve in 2011, increasing 26% over 2010. This growth was on top of the increase of 70% in 2010 compared to 2009. The 2011 order levels exceeded the 2008 order levels for our Asia & Other region, despite a slowdown in this region during the second half of 2011. Our North America and Europe regions were both very strong in 2011, increasing 42% and 33%, respectively, over 2010. However, these regions have not yet reached the 2008 levels.

        Metrics on machine tool market activity watched by our management include world machine tool consumption (a proxy for shipments), as reported annually by Gardner Publications in the Metalworking Insiders Report and metal-cutting machine orders as reported by the Association of Manufacturing Technology ("AMT"), the primary industry group for U.S. machine tool manufacturers. World machine tool consumption data as reported by the Metalworking Insiders Report showed an increase in machine tool consumption of 35% in 2011 compared to an increase of 19% in 2010. This report indicates that 2011 consumption in China, the world's largest market, increased by 35% (in US dollars) on top of a 2010 increase of 38%. Consumption in Germany, the world's third largest market, increased by 42% in local currencies in 2011 compared to a 2010 decrease of 9%. In the United Kingdom, machine tool consumption measured in local currency increased by 28% in 2011 and 6% in 2010. In the U.S., 2011 machine tool consumption increased by 53%, a sharp rebound from the 2010 decrease of 15%. In 2011, U.S. orders for metal-cutting machine tools reported by the AMT were $5.5 billion, an increase of 66% over 2010, driven by the economic recovery in the U.S. market. Despite the decrease in consumption, in 2010, orders for metal cutting machines increased by 85% versus 2009. The AMT's statistics are reported on a voluntary basis from member companies. The report includes metal-cutting machines of all types and sizes, including segments in which we do not compete.

        Other closely followed U.S. market indicators are tracked to determine activity levels in U.S. manufacturing plants that are prospective customers for our products. One such measurement is the Purchasing Manager's Index ("PMI"), as reported by the Institute for Supply Management. Another measurement is capacity utilization of U.S. manufacturing plants, as reported by the Federal Reserve Board. Similar information regarding machine tool consumption in foreign countries is published by trade associations in those countries.

        Non-machine sales, which include collets, accessories, repair parts and service revenue, have typically accounted for approximately 23% of overall sales and are an important part of our business due to an installed base of thousands of machines. In the past, sales of these products and services have not fluctuated on a year-to-year basis as significantly as the sales of our machines have from time

24


Table of Contents

to time, but demand for these products and services typically track the direction of the related machine metrics.

        Other key performance indicators are geographic distribution of net sales ("sales") and net orders ("orders"), gross profit as a percent of sales, income from operations, working capital changes, and debt level trends. In an industry where constant product technology development has led to an average model life of three to five years, effectiveness of technological innovation and development of new products are also key performance indicators.

        We are exposed to financial market risk resulting from changes in interest and foreign currency rates. Global economic conditions and related disruptions within the financial markets have also increased our exposure to the possible liquidity and credit risks of our counterparties. We believe we have sufficient liquidity to fund our foreseeable business needs, including cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, and our bank financing arrangements.

        We monitor the third-party depository institutions that hold our cash and cash equivalents. Our emphasis is primarily on safety of principal. Our cash and cash equivalents are diversified among counterparties to minimize exposure to any one of these entities.

        We are also subject to credit risks relating to the ability of counterparties of hedging transactions to meet their contractual payment obligations. The risks related to creditworthiness and nonperformance has been considered in the fair value measurements of our foreign currency forward exchange contracts.

        We also expect that some of our customers and vendors may experience difficulty in maintaining the liquidity required to buy inventory or raw materials. We continue to monitor our customers' financial condition in order to mitigate our accounts receivable collectability risks.

        Foreign currency exchange rate changes can be significant to reported results for several reasons. Our primary competitors, particularly for the most technologically advanced products, are now largely manufacturers in Japan, Germany, Switzerland, Korea, and Taiwan which causes the worldwide valuation of their respective currencies to be central to competitive pricing in all of our markets. The major functional currencies of our subsidiaries are the British Pound Sterling ("GBP"), Chinese Renminbi ("CNY"), Euro ("EUR"), New Taiwanese Dollar ("TWD"), and Swiss Franc ("CHF"). Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, results of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars ("USD") at the average exchange rate during the periods presented. Period-to-period changes in the exchange rate between their local currency and the USD may affect comparative data significantly. We also purchase computer controls and other components from suppliers throughout the world, with purchase costs reflecting currency changes.

        During 2011, as compared to the respective average values of our major functional currencies in 2010, the value of USD decreased approximately 4% against GBP, 5% against CNY, 5% against EUR, 7% against TWD, and 18% against CHF. The weaker USD resulted in favorable currency translation impact of approximately $18.0 million on new orders and $20.9 million on sales, as compared to 2010. For the year ended 2010, on average the value of USD decreased approximately 4% against TWD, 5% against CHF and 9% against the Canadian Dollar, while it strengthened by 3% against EUR and by 2% against GBP compared to the average rates during the same period in 2009. The USD remained relatively flat against CNY. The net impact of these foreign currencies relative to the USD was a favorable impact on sales of approximately $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 2009.

        In December 2011, we modified our secured revolving credit facility. We increased the facility from $10.0 million to $25.0 million, reduced the interest rate, and extended the maturity date from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2011, there were no borrowings outstanding under this credit facility.

25


Table of Contents

        In December 2011, L. Kellenberger & Co. AG, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland, entered into a credit facility with a local bank which provides for borrowing of up to 3.0 million in Swiss Franc ("CHF") ($3.2 million equivalent). Upon entering into the facility, the subsidiary obtained a loan of CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) with a five-year term maturing on December 23, 2016. Interest on the loan accrues at a fixed rate of 2.65%. Payments of principal on the loan in the amount of CHF 150,000 ($0.2 million equivalent) are due and payable on June 30 and December 31 beginning on June 30, 2012. The principal amount outstanding was CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        In August 2011, Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd., an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a loan agreement with a local bank. This agreement, which expires on January 30, 2014, provides up to 25.0 million in Chinese Renminbi ("CNY") ($4.0 million equivalent) for plant construction and fixed assets acquisition purposes. The interest rate, currently at 7.98%, is the bank base rate plus a 20% mark-up and is subject to adjustment annually. The agreement calls for scheduled principal repayments in the amounts of CNY 4.0 million ($0.6 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent) and CNY 9.0 million ($1.4 million equivalent) on July 20, 2012, January 20, 2013, July 20, 2013 and January 30, 2014, respectively. The principal amount outstanding was CNY 17.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        In July, 2011, Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a new unsecured credit facility. This facility, which expires on May 30, 2012, provides up to $12.0 million, or its equivalent in other currencies, for working capital and export business purposes. This credit facility charges interest at 1.88% which is subject to change by the lender based on market conditions. It carries no commitment fees on unused funds. This facility replaced the existing $10.0 million facility entered into in July 2010. The principal amounts outstanding for these facilities were $12.0 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Refer to Liquidity and Capital Resources for further details on all of the above credit facilities.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

        The following table summarizes certain financial data for year 2011 and 2010:

 
  2011   % of
Sales
  2010   % of
Sales
  $
Change
  %
Change
 
 
  (dollar and share data in thousands)
 

Orders

  $ 372,855         $ 296,702         $ 76,153     26 %

Sales

    341,573           257,007           84,566     33 %

Gross profit

    91,028     26.6 %   61,290     23.8 %   29,738     49 %

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    73,599     21.5 %   65,650     25.5 %   7,949     12 %

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    46           (1,045 )         1,091     N/M  

Other expense (income)

    786           (585 )         1,371     N/M  

Income (loss) from operations

    16,597     4.9 %   (2,730 )   (1.1 )%   19,327     N/M  

Net income (loss)

    11,986     3.5 %   (5,234 )   (2.0 )%   17,220     N/M  

Basic earnings (loss) per share

 
$

1.03
       
$

(0.46

)
     
$

1.49
       

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,463           11,409           54        

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.02         $ (0.46 )       $ 1.48        

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,548           11,409           139        

N/M—The percentage calculation is not meaningful.

26


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to EBITDA

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  2011   2010   $ Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

GAAP Net income (loss)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ 17,220  

Plus: Interest expense, net

    238     336     (98 )

Taxes

    4,373     2,168     2,205  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,736     7,042     694  
               

EBITDA(1)

  $ 24,333   $ 4,312   $ 20,021  
               

(1)
EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used by management to internally measure our operating and management performance and by investors as a supplemental financial measure to evaluate the performance of our business that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliation, we believe, provides additional information that is useful to gain an understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

        Orders:     Orders for 2011 were $372.9 million, an increase of $76.2 million or 26% compared to 2010 orders of $296.7 million. During 2011, worldwide demand for machine tools improved considerably compared to 2010 as the global economic conditions continued to improve over the prior year. Included in orders were $12.5 million in 2011 and $35.2 million in 2010 from a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry. Exclusive of these large multi-machine orders, 2011 orders were up 38% over 2010. The increase in order activity was experienced in all of our major markets and product lines. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on orders of approximately $18.0 million for the year 2011 compared to 2010.

        The following table presents 2011 and 2010 orders by region:

Orders from Customers in:
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

North America

  $ 95,435   $ 67,213   $ 28,222     42 %

Europe

    120,410     90,618     29,792     33 %

Asia & Other

    157,010     138,871     18,139     13 %
                     

Total

  $ 372,855   $ 296,702   $ 76,153     26 %
                     

        North American orders increased by $28.2 million or 42% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. The increase in North American orders was driven by strong machine demand which was up $22.0 million or 67% in 2011 compared to 2010. The increase was primarily in the U.S. and was attributable to the strengthening of the U.S. industrial economy and the effectiveness of our restructured channels to market.

        European orders increased by $29.8 million or 33% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $13.0 million to the overall European increase which is primarily attributed to the strengthening of the Swiss Franc. Exclusive of the impact of currency, the increase is mainly attributed to strong machine order activity in Germany, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, and Turkey.

        Asia & Other orders increased by $18.1 million or 13% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Excluding orders from a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry, Asia & Other orders increased by $40.8 million, or 39%, compared to 2010. This increase was heavily influenced by

27


Table of Contents

activities in China. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $5.0 million to the overall Asia & Other increase.

        Sales:      S ales for 2011 were $341.6 million, an increase of $84.6 million or 33% compared to 2010 sales of $257.0 million. Included in sales were $14.7 million in 2011 and $29.2 million in 2010 to a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry. Excluding these large multi-machine sales, 2011 sales were up 43% over 2010. This increase in sales activities are noted in all regions. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $20.9 million when compared to 2010.

        The following table presents 2011 and 2010 sales by region:

Sales to Customers in:
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

North America

  $ 90,000   $ 58,438   $ 31,562     54 %

Europe

    104,825     74,449     30,376     41 %

Asia & Other

    146,748     124,120     22,628     18 %
                     

Total

  $ 341,573   $ 257,007   $ 84,566     33 %
                     

        The geographic mix of sales as a percentage of total sales is shown in the table below:

Sales to Customers in:
  2011   2010   Percentage
Point Change
 

North America

    26.3 %   22.7 %   3.6  

Europe

    30.7 %   29.0 %   1.7  

Asia & Other

    43.0 %   48.3 %   (5.3 )
                 

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %      
                 

        North American sales increased by $31.6 million or 54% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. The increase in North American sales was driven by strong machine demand which was up $24.4 million or 106% in 2011 compared to 2010. The increase was primarily in the U.S. and was attributable to the strengthening U.S. industrial economy and the effectiveness of our restructured channels to market.

        European sales increased $30.4 million or 41% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Sales in this region in 2011 were favorably influenced by foreign currency translation of approximately $15.8 million, which was driven by the strength of the Swiss Franc. Exclusive of the impact of currency, the increase is attributed to solid activity levels in Germany, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, and Turkey.

        Asia & Other sales increased by $22.6 million or 18% for the year 2011 compared to 2010. Sales to a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry were $14.7 million in 2011 and $29.2 million in 2010. Excluding sales to this customer, Asia & Other sales increased by $37.1 million, or 39%, compared to 2010. This 39% increase was driven by strong demand for machine tools, particularly in China. Compared to 2010, excluding sales to the supplier to the consumer electronics industry, sales in China increased $24.3 million in 2011, which contributed 66% of the $37.1 million increase in Asia & Other sales. In addition, foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $5.1 million to the overall Asia & Other increase.

        Machine sales represented approximately 77% and 75% of sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily workholding, repair parts, and accessories made up the balance.

        Gross Profit:     Gross profit was $91.0 million or 26.6% of sales in 2011, compared to $61.3 million, or 23.8% of sales in 2010. The increase in gross profit is attributable to the $84.6 million increase in sales volume as well as higher manufacturing volumes against fixed manufacturing cost. Also

28


Table of Contents

contributing to the increase in gross profit was the impact of discounting related to sales that occurred in early 2010 as manufacturers and distributors cut prices in order to reduce inventory in late 2009.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expense:     Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense for the year 2011 was $73.6 million, or 21.5% of sales, compared to $65.7 million, or 25.5% of sales in 2010. SG&A for the year 2010 included charges of $3.5 million for professional services related to an unsolicited tender offer, $0.6 million associated with the settlement of a tax audit in a foreign subsidiary, and $0.3 million related to Jones & Shipman acquisition costs. Exclusive of these charges, 2010 SG&A would have been $61.3 or 23.8% of sales. As a percentage of sales, 2011 SG&A improved by 2.2 percentage points compared to the adjusted 2010 SG&A. This improvement is reflective of increasing sales volume and the impact associated with the successful transformation changes to our business model and continued cost control efforts. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of approximately $4.4 million for the year 2011.

        Loss (Gain) on Sale of Assets:     In 2011, we recorded proceeds of $0.9 million and a loss on sale of assets of $0.05 million. In 2010, we recorded proceeds of $1.6 million and a gain of $1.0 million from the sale of assets. The 2010 gain was related to the Company's restructuring activity and was primarily in North America.

        Income (Loss) from Operations:     Income from operations in 2011 was $16.6 million compared to a loss of $2.7 million in 2010. The 2010 loss from operations included $3.5 million for professional services related to an unsolicited tender offer, $0.6 million associated with the settlement of a tax audit in a foreign subsidiary, and $0.3 million related to Jones & Shipman acquisition costs. Excluding these expenses, income from operations would have been $1.7 million.

        Interest Expense & Interest Income:     Interest expense includes interest payments under our credit facilities and amortization of deferred financing costs associated with these facilities. Interest expense for the year 2011 was $0.3 million compared to $0.4 million for 2010. The decrease for 2011 compared to 2010 is attributed to lower average interest rates on our existing credit facilities. Interest income was $0.1 million in 2011 and 2010.

        Income Tax Expense:     Income tax expense in 2011 was $4.4 million compared to $2.2 million for 2010. The effective tax rate was 26.7% in 2011 and 70.7% in 2010. Fundamentally, the income tax expense represents tax expense on profits in certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. The increase in the income tax expense is the result of an increase in unrecognized tax benefits, and a change in the mix of earnings by country, including those countries where losses cannot be fully benefitted due to valuation allowances.

        We maintain a full valuation allowance on the tax benefits of our U.S. U.K., German, and Canadian deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in those jurisdictions, as well as all other deferred tax assets of those entities.

        We regularly review recent results and projected future results of operations, as well as other relevant factors, to reconfirm the likelihood that existing deferred tax assets in each tax jurisdiction would be fully recoverable.

        Net Income (Loss):     Net income for 2011 was $12.0 million or 3.5% of sales, compared to net loss of ($5.2) million or (2.0%) of sales, in 2010. Basic earnings per share for 2011 were $1.03 compared to basic loss per share of ($0.46) in 2010. Diluted earnings per share for 2011 were $1.02 compared to diluted loss per share of ($0.46) in 2010.

29


Table of Contents

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

        The following table summarizes certain financial data for year 2010 and 2009:

 
  2010   % of
Sales
  2009   % of
Sales
  $ Change   % Change  
 
  (dollar and share data in thousands)
   
 

Orders

  $ 296,702         $ 175,039         $ 121,663     70 %

Sales

   
257,007
         
214,071
         
42,936
   
20

%

Gross profit

    61,290     23.8 %   40,796     19.1 %   20,494     50 %

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    65,650     25.5 %   68,000     31.8 %   (2,350 )   (3 )%

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    (1,045 )         240           (1,285 )   N/M  

Impairment charges

    (25 )         1,650           (1,675 )   N/M  

Other (income) expense

    (560 )         556           (1,116 )   N/M  

Loss from operations

    (2,730 )   (1.1 )%   (29,650 )   (13.9 )%   26,920     N/M  

Net loss

    (5,234 )   (2.0 )%   (33,309 )   (15.6 )%   28,075     N/M  

Basic and diluted (loss) per share

 
$

(0.46

)
     
$

(2.93

)
     
$

2.47
       

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,409           11,372           37        

N/M—The percentage calculation is not meaningful.

Reconciliation of Net Loss to EBITDA

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  2010   2009   $ Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

GAAP Net (Loss)

  $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 ) $ 28,075  

Plus: Interest expense, net of interest income

    336     1,812     (1,476 )

Taxes

    2,168     1,847     321  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,042     8,504     (1,462 )
               

EBITDA(1)

  $ 4,312   $ (21,146 ) $ 25,458  
               

(1)
EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is used by management to internally measure our operating and management performance and by investors as a supplemental financial measure to evaluate the performance of our business that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliation, we believe, provides additional information that is useful to gain an understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

        Orders:     Orders for 2010 were $296.7 million, an increase of $121.7 million or 70% compared to 2009 orders of $175.0 million. Worldwide demand for machine tools improved during 2010 as reflected in the increases in orders for all of our major markets compared to 2009. Reduced orders levels and order cancellation activity in 2009 were directly related to the global economic recession and related financial crisis which affected all of the regions and product lines in which we conduct business, and was generally consistent with overall industry statistics. Asia & Other represents 47% of the Company's total orders for 2010 driven by a $35.2 million order in China from a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry. Currency exchange rates had a favorable impact on new orders of approximately $2.5 million for the year 2010 compared to 2009.

30


Table of Contents

        The following table presents 2010 and 2009 new orders by region:

Orders from Customers in:
  2010   2009   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

North America

  $ 67,213   $ 52,547   $ 14,666     28 %

Europe

    90,618     50,254     40,364     80 %

Asia & Other

    138,871     72,238     66,633     92 %
                     

Total

  $ 296,702   $ 175,039   $ 121,663     70 %
                     

        North American orders increased by $14.7 million or 28% for 2010 compared to 2009. The increase in North American orders was driven by strong machine orders which were up $9.4 million or 40% in 2010. The increase in machine orders can be attributed to the global economy rebounding from the recessionary conditions as well as a successful transition to our new U.S. distributors.

        European orders increased by $40.4 million or 80% for the year 2010 compared to 2009. The acquisition of Jones & Shipman in April of 2010 was responsible for 25% of this increase. Exclusive of Jones & Shipman, the increase in orders for the year was driven by strong machine order activity in Turkey, Germany, and Russia. The impact of foreign currency translation on orders for the year 2010 compared to the prior year was favorable by $1.3 million.

        Asia & Other orders increased by $66.6 million or 92% for the year 2010 compared to 2009. The increase was driven by $35.2 million in orders in the year from a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry. Orders also increased during the year due to several multi-machine orders from consumer electronics and automotive companies in China. Foreign currency translation on Asian & Other orders for the year 2010 compared to 2009 was a favorable impact of $1.1 million.

        Sales:     Sales for 2010 were $257.0 million, an increase of $42.9 million or 20% compared to 2009 sales of $214.1 million. The increase in sales for the year was mainly in Asia with $50.1 million of the increase coming from China of which $29.2 million was to a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry. Foreign currency translation on sales for the year 2010 compared to 2009 was a favorable impact of $3.1 million.

        The following table presents 2010 and 2009 sales by region:

Sales to Customers in:
  2010   2009   Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

North America

  $ 58,438   $ 64,327   $ (5,889 )   (9 )%

Europe

    74,449     87,304     (12,855 )   (15 )%

Asia & Other

    124,120     62,440     61,680     99 %
                     

Total

  $ 257,007   $ 214,071   $ 42,936     20 %
                     

        The geographic mix of sales as a percentage of total sales is shown in the table below:

Sales to Customers in:
  2010   2009   Percentage
Point Change
 

North America

    22.7 %   30.0 %   (7.3 )

Europe

    29.0 %   40.8 %   (11.8 )

Asia & Other

    48.3 %   29.2 %   19.1  
                 

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %      
                 

        North American sales decreased by $5.9 million or 9% for the year 2010 compared to 2009. The decrease was a result of the lagging effects of the global economic recession and was in all of our product lines with the exception of accessories, which experienced an increase in 2010 as overall manufacturing activity began to recover.

31


Table of Contents

        European sales decreased $12.9 million or 15% for the year 2010 compared to 2009. The decrease in 2010 sales was driven by activity during the first six months of 2010 compared to the first six months of 2009. The first half of 2009 benefited from sales out of machine backlog which were from orders received before the market collapse in 2008. Sales in the last six months of 2010 were up $9.3 million or 24% compared to the last six months of 2009. This increase was due to the lingering effects of the global economic recession in 2009 combined with the impact of recovery in 2010 during this period. Currency exchange rates had a favorable impact on sales of $1.0 million for the year 2010 compared to 2009.

        Asia & Other sales increased by $61.7 million or 99% for the year 2010 compared to 2009. This increase was primarily driven by strong sales in China which increased $50.1 million or 96% for the 2010 year compared to 2009. Sales in China to a China-based supplier to the consumer electronics industry contributed approximately $29.2 million in sales in 2010. The impact of foreign currency translation on sales for the year 2010 compared to the prior year was a favorable $2.1 million.

        Machine sales represented approximately 75% of 2010 and 2009 sales. Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily workholding, repair parts, and accessories made up the balance.

        Gross Profit:     Gross profit was $61.3 million or 23.8% of sales in 2010, compared to $40.8 million, or 19.1% of sales in 2009. The increase in gross profit is attributable to the $42.9 million increase in sales volume, as well as overall improving margins in 2010 compared to 2009. The 2009 margins were negatively impacted by heavy discounts as manufacturers and distributors cut prices to reduce inventory. This pricing pressure carried into early 2010, but was not as prevalent. 2009 gross profit was also negatively impacted by an inventory charge of $5.0 million related to the strategic decision to cease manufacturing non-critical parts and certain machine models in our Elmira, NY facility and $1.1 million of lower of cost or market write-downs taken on machines as a result of the 2009 market conditions. Excluding these 2009 non-recurring charges, gross profit for the year 2010 increased by $14.4 million or 31%, compared to the same periods in 2009. Excluding the above mentioned charges, gross margin percentage for the year 2010 and 2009 would have been 23.8% and 21.9%, respectively.

        Selling, General and Administrative Expense:     Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense for the year 2010 was $65.7 million, or 25.5% of sales, compared to $68.0 million, or 31.8% of sales, in 2009. SG&A for the year 2010 includes charges of $3.5 million for professional services costs related to the unsolicited tender offer, $0.6 million associated with the settlement of a tax audit in a foreign subsidiary, and $0.3 million related to Jones & Shipman acquisition costs. SG&A for the year 2009 included $4.3 million primarily related to severance costs associated with the discontinuance of manufacturing non-critical parts and certain machine models in our Elmira, NY facility as well as workforce reductions in Europe. Exclusive of these charges, SG&A for 2010 and 2009 would have been $61.3 million (23.8% of sales) and $63.7 million (29.8% of sales), respectively, a year to year decrease of $2.5 million or 4%. The $2.5 million decrease was driven by the Company's cost control efforts, offset by increased commissions and variable selling expenses on the higher sales volume, and the impact of our Jones & Shipman acquisition. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of approximately $0.8 million for the year 2010.

        Impairment Charge:     We recorded non-cash impairment charge of $1.7 million in 2009 related to machinery and equipment. During 2009, as part of restructuring our North American manufacturing operations, we ceased manufacturing operations involved in the non-critical parts production in our Elmira, NY facility. In conjunction with this action, we identified assets with a historical cost of $37.9 million and a net book value of $1.9 million that would no longer be used in its operations, of which, assets with a historical cost of $15.0 million and a net book value of $1.1 million were determined to have no value and disposed of resulting in a $1.1 million impairment charge. We also reclassified certain property, plant and equipment with a historical cost of $22.9 million and a net book value of $0.8 million as available for sale at $0.2 million and recorded an impairment charge of

32


Table of Contents

$0.6 million during 2009. This charge was determined by an analysis of current book value and the related assets fair value, if any, less costs to sell.

        (Gain) Loss on Sale of Assets:     In 2010, we recorded proceeds of $1.6 million and a gain of $1.0 million from the sale of assets. The 2009 loss on sale of assets was related to asset disposals in North America and Europe as a result of the Company's restructuring activities.

        Loss from Operations:     Loss from operations in 2010 was $2.7 million compared to $29.7 million in 2009. The 2010 loss from operations included $3.5 million for professional services related to an unsolicited tender offer, $0.6 million associated with the settlement of a tax audit in a foreign subsidiary, and $0.3 million related to Jones & Shipman acquisition costs. Excluding these expenses, we would have had income from operations of $1.7 million, a dramatic improvement over 2009 results. This 2010 income from operations of $1.7 million was driven by the second half of the year which had income from operations of $4.9 million, offset by a loss from operations of $4.1 million in the first half of the year. The loss generated during the first six months in 2010 was related to the lingering effects of the global economy, while the income during the last six months of 2010 was driven by the improving sales activity in a majority of our markets.

        The 2009 loss from operations can primarily be attributed to the lower sales due to the global economic crisis. While the Company aggressively reacted to the severe business downturn through restructuring activities in North America and Europe, the full impact of the reduction was not eliminated. As a result of the 2009 restructuring activities, we recorded an inventory write-down of $5.0 million resulting from discontinued production of non-critical manufacturing parts and certain machines in our Elmira, NY facility, a severance charge of $4.3 million, and $1.7 million due to impairment of machinery and equipment in the Elmira, NY facility. Additionally, during the last half of 2009, the Company, like many machine tool manufacturers, discounted the price of certain machines in order to liquidate inventory resulting in machines being sold at below cost in some cases. Also, as a result of the 2009 price discounting we recorded a lower of cost or market charge of $1.5 million for machines remaining in inventory.

        Interest Expense & Interest Income:     Interest expense includes interest payments under our credit facilities and amortization of deferred financing costs associated with our credit facility. Interest expense for the year 2010 was $0.4 million compared to $1.9 million for 2009. The decrease for 2010 compared to 2009 is attributed to $1.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the termination of the multi-currency credit facility which was expensed in 2009. Interest income was $0.1 million in 2010 and 2009.

        Income Tax Expense:     Income tax expense in 2010 was $2.2 million compared to $1.8 million for 2009. The effective tax rate was 70.7% in 2010 and 5.9% in 2009. The increase in income tax expense is the result of an increase in unrecognized tax benefits, and a change in the mix of profits by country, including those countries where losses cannot be fully benefitted due to valuation allowances. The income tax expense fundamentally represents tax expense on profits in certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries.

        We maintain a full valuation allowance on the tax benefits of our U.S. U.K., German, and Canadian deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in those jurisdictions, as well as all other deferred tax assets of those entities.

        In 2010, the valuation allowance increased by $7.1 million. This was due to an increase of $6.3 million due to not recording a tax benefit on losses and other deferred tax assets in the U.S., U.K., and Germany, and an increase of $0.8 million due to the net increase in minimum pension liabilities in the U.S. and the U.K. (and other items recorded in other comprehensive income).

33


Table of Contents

        We regularly review recent results and projected future results of operations, as well as other relevant factors, to reconfirm the likelihood that existing deferred tax assets in each tax jurisdiction would be fully recoverable.

        Net Loss:     Net loss for 2010 was $5.2 million or 2.0% of sales, compared to $33.3 million net loss, or 15.6% of sales in 2009. Basic and diluted loss per share for 2010 was $0.46 compared to basic and diluted loss per share of $2.93 in 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The Company's principal capital requirements are to fund its operations, including working capital, to purchase and fund improvements to its facilities, machines and equipment, and to fund acquisitions.

        At December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents were $21.7 million, compared to $30.9 million at December 31, 2010. The current ratio at December 31, 2011 was 2.25:1 compared to 2.68:1 at December 31, 2010.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

        The table below shows the changes in cash flows from operating activities by component:

 
  2011   2010   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ 17,220  

Impairment charge

        (25 )   25  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,736     7,042     694  

Debt issuance amortization

    124     310     (186 )

Provision for deferred taxes

    (361 )   (1,983 )   1,622  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    46     (1,045 )   1,091  

Gain on purchase of Jones & Shipman

        (647 )   647  

Accounts receivable

    (18,589 )   (609 )   (17,980 )

Inventories

    (18,123 )   622     (18,745 )

Other assets

    444     (3,077 )   3,521  

Accounts payable

    3,990     12,520     (8,530 )

Customer deposits

    8,469     5,691     2,778  

Accrued expenses and postretirement benefits

    (1,992 )   2,956     (4,948 )

Other

    (862 )   615     (1,477 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (7,132 ) $ 17,136   $ (24,268 )
               

        In 2011, $7.1 million cash was used in operating activities. Cash was primarily used to fund accounts receivable growth as business activity levels increased from 2010, and used for inventory growth which increased due to higher demand for our products and the related increase in production levels. Cash was provided by customer deposits which increased due to higher backlog levels. Cash was also provided by accounts payable which increased primarily due to increased purchasing activities to support production activities.

        In 2010, $17.1 million cash was provided by operating activities. Cash was provided by accounts payable, which increased primarily due to increased production levels. Cash was also provided by accrued expenses/other liabilities, which increased primarily due to increases in customer deposits related to order activity. Cash was used for prepaid and other assets which increased due to higher levels of restricted cash, and increased levels of supplier advances and VAT refunds as a result of increasing order and sales activity.

34


Table of Contents

Cash Used In Investing Activities:

        The table below shows the changes in cash flows from investing activities by component:

 
  2011   2010   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Capital expenditures

  $ (19,217 ) $ (3,728 ) $ (15,489 )

Proceeds from sale of assets

    900     1,576     (676 )

Purchase of land use rights

        (2,594 )   2,594  

Purchase of Jones & Shipman, net of cash acquired

        (3,014 )   3,014  
               

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (18,317 ) $ (7,760 ) $ (10,557 )
               

        Net cash used in investing activities was $18.3 million for 2011, compared to $7.8 million in 2010. Capital expenditures for 2011 and 2010 were $19.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively. The increase in capital expenditure was primarily due to $17.2 million spent on the expansion of manufacturing facilities in Switzerland and China in 2011. During 2010, we acquired land use rights in Jiaxing, China for $2.6 million and we used $3.0 million to purchase Jones & Shipman. In 2010, we had proceeds of $1.5 million from the sale of machinery and equipment at our Elmira, NY manufacturing facility.

        Capital expenditures in fiscal 2012 are expected to be approximately $7.0 million to $8.0 million, with approximately $3.0 million to $4.0 million related to maintenance capital spending. The remainder is planned for completion of the China and Switzerland manufacturing facility expansion projects.

Cash Provided by / (Used In) Financing Activities:

        The table below shows the changes in cash flows from financing activities by component:

 
  2011   2010   Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Proceeds from short-term notes payable to bank

  $ 29,987   $ 10,416   $ 19,571  

Repayments of short-term notes payable to bank

    (18,299 )   (10,272 )   (8,027 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    6,011         6,011  

Payments on long-term debt

    (614 )   (571 )   (43 )

Dividends paid

    (581 )   (232 )   (349 )

Other financing activities

    (41 )   (111 )   70  
               

Net cash (used in) financing activities

  $ 16,463   $ (770 ) $ 17,233  
               

        Cash flow provided by financing activities was $16.5 million in 2011, compared to cash used in financing activities of $0.8 million for 2010. During 2011, the increase was due to additional borrowings under our credit facilities to fund working capital needs and borrowing under two new long-term financing arrangements to fund facility expansion in Switzerland and China. Dividend payments increased by $0.3 million in 2011 as a result of increasing our quarterly dividend from $0.005 per share to $0.02 per share in the third quarter of 2011.

        At December 31, 2011 and 2010, debt outstanding, including notes payable, was $21.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

Credit Facilities and Financing Arrangements:

        We maintain several financing arrangements with various financial institutions. These financing arrangements are in the form of long-term loans, credit facilities, or lines of credit. In aggregate, these financing arrangements allow us to borrow up to $73.8 million at December 31, 2011, of which $51.7 million can be borrowed for working capital needs. As of December 31, 2011, $43.4 million was

35


Table of Contents

available under these arrangements of which $37.1 million was available for working capital needs. Total consolidated borrowings outstanding were $21.5 million at December 31, 2011 and $5.0 million at December 31, 2010. Details of these financing arrangements are discussed below.

        In May 2006, Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a mortgage loan with a local bank. The principal amount of the loan is 180.0 million New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD") ($5.9 million equivalent). The loan, which matures in June 2016, is secured by real property owned and requires quarterly principal payment in the amount of TWD 4.5 million ($0.1 million equivalent). The loan interest rate, 1.75% and 1.53% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, was based on the bank's one year fixed savings rate plus 0.4%. The principal amount outstanding was TWD 81.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011 and TWD 99.0 million ($3.4 million equivalent) at December 31, 2010.

        In August 2011, Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd., an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a loan agreement with a local bank. This agreement, which expires on January 30, 2014, provides up to 25.0 million in Chinese Renminbi ("CNY") ($4.0 million equivalent) for plant construction and fixed assets acquisition purposes. The interest rate, currently at 7.98%, is the bank base rate plus a 20% mark-up and is subject to adjustment annually. The agreement calls for scheduled principal repayments in the amounts of CNY 4.0 million ($0.6 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent) and CNY 9.0 million ($1.4 million equivalent) on July 20, 2012, January 20, 2013, July 20, 2013 and January 30, 2014, respectively. The principal amount outstanding was CNY 17.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        This loan agreement contains financial covenants pursuant to which the subsidiary is required to continually maintain a ratio of total liabilities to total assets less than 0.65:1.00 and a current ratio of more than 1.0:1.0. In addition, the subsidiary is not allowed to act as a guarantor to any third party. The loan agreement contains customary events of default and acceleration clauses. Additionally, the loan is secured by substantially all of the real property and improvements owned by the subsidiary, including improvements currently under construction. At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

        In December 2011, L. Kellenberger & Co. AG, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland, entered into a credit facility with a local bank which provides for borrowing of up to 3.0 million in Swiss Franc ("CHF") ($3.2 million equivalent). Upon entering into the facility, the subsidiary obtained a loan of CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) with a five-year term maturing on December 23, 2016. Interest on the loan accrues at a fixed rate of 2.65%. Payments of principal on the loan in the amount of CHF 150,000 ($0.2 million equivalent) are due and payable on June 30 and December 31 beginning on June 30, 2012. The principal amount outstanding was CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        All borrowings under this facility are secured by a mortgage on the subsidiary's facility in Romanshorn, Switzerland. The facility is also subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the equity of the subsidiary must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

        In July, 2011, Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a new unsecured credit facility. This facility, which expires on May 30, 2012, provides up to $12.0 million, or its equivalent in other currencies, for working capital and export business purposes. This credit facility charges interest at 1.88% and is subject to change by the lender based on market conditions and carries no commitment fees on unused funds. This facility replaced the existing $10.0 million facility entered into in July 2010. The principal amounts outstanding for these facilities were $12.0 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and were included in the note payable to bank on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

36


Table of Contents

        L. Kellenberger & Co., AG, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland, maintains two separate credit facilities with a bank. The first facility, entered into in August 2009 and subsequently amended in December 2009 and August 2010, provides for borrowing of up to CHF 7.5 million ($8.0 million equivalent) to be used for guarantees, documentary credit, or margin cover for foreign exchange hedging activity with maximum terms of 12 months. The second facility, entered into in August 2009 and amended in June 2010, provides for borrowings of up to CHF 6.0 million ($6.4 million equivalent) to be used for working capital purposes as a limit for cash credits in CHF and/or in any other freely convertible foreign currencies with maximum terms of up to 36 months. The second facility is secured by certain real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate charged by these two facilities, currently at 1.25% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's risk assessment of the subsidiary. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities.

        The subsidiary also maintains a credit agreement with another bank. This agreement, entered into in October 2009, provided a credit facility of up to CHF 7.0 million ($7.5 million equivalent) for guarantees, documentary credit and margin cover for foreign exchange trades and of which up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) of the facility was available for working capital purpose. The facility was secured by the subsidiary's certain real property up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent). This agreement was amended in August 2010. The amendment increased the total funds available under the facility to CHF 9.0 million ($9.6 million equivalent), increased the funds available for working capital purposes to CHF $5.0 million ($5.3 million equivalent) and increased the secured amounts to CHF 5.0 million ($5.3 million equivalent). The amended agreement terminates on September 1, 2013 and reverts to its pre-amendment terms. The interest rate, currently at LIBOR plus 3.66% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on the prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's assessment of the subsidiary. It carries no commitment fees on unused funds. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        The above Kellenberger credit facilities are subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement where the minimum equity for the subsidary must be at least 35% of its balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we were in compliance with the required covenant.

        In March 2009, we entered into an agreement with a bank for a $10.0 million term loan due March 16, 2010. In December 2009, we replaced the term loan with a $10.0 million revolving credit facility, and in December 2010, we extended the maturity of the facility to March 31, 2012. In December 2011, we modified the existing facility and increased the facility from $10.0 million to $25.0 million, reduced the interest rate from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% and extended the maturity date of the facility from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013. This credit facility is secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets (exclusive of real property), a negative pledge on our worldwide headquarters in Elmira, NY, and a pledge of 65% of our investment in Hardinge Holdings GmbH. The credit facility is guaranteed by one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which is the owner of the real property comprising our world headquarters. The credit facility does not include any financial covenants. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        We also have a $3.0 million unsecured short-term line of credit from a bank with interest based on the prime rate with a floor of 5.0% and a ceiling of 16.0%. The agreement is negotiated annually, requires no commitment fee and is payable on demand. The principal amount outstanding was $0.5 million at December 31, 2011. There was no balance outstanding at December 31, 2010 on this line of credit.

        We maintain a standby letter of credit for potential liabilities pertaining to self-insured workers compensation exposure. The amount of the letter of credit was $1.2 million at December 31, 2011. It

37


Table of Contents

expires on March 15, 2012. In total, we had various outstanding letters of credit totaling $12.9 million and $8.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        We conduct some of our manufacturing, sales and service operations from leased space, with lease terms up to 10 years, and use office equipment and automobiles under lease agreements expiring at various dates. Rent expense under these leases totaled $2.5 million, $2.1 million, and $1.9 million, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        The following table shows our future commitments in effect as of December 31, 2011:

 
  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   Thereafter   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Notes payable

  $ 12,969                       $ 12,969  

Long-term debt

    1,548     2,814     1,073     915     617     1,601     8,568  

Operating lease obligations

    1,576     1,115     829     577     544     1,446     6,087  

Purchase commitments

    40,800                         40,800  

Standby letters of credit

    12,877                         12,877  

        We have not included the liabilities for uncertain tax positions in the above table as we cannot make a reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement. We have not included pension obligations in the above table as we cannot make a reliable estimate of the timing of employer contributions. In 2012, we anticipate making $7.9 million contributions to our domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans and $0.4 million contributions to our domestic post-retirement benefit plan.

        We believe that the currently available funds and credit facilities, along with internally generated funds, will provide sufficient financial resources for ongoing operations throughout 2012.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

Market Risk

        The following information has been provided in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission's requirements for disclosure of exposures to market risk arising from certain market risk sensitive instruments.

        Our earnings are affected by changes in short-term interest rates as a result of our floating interest rate debt. If market interest rates on debt subject to floating interest rates were to have increased by 2% over the actual rates paid in that year, interest expense would have increased by $0.3 million in 2011 and $0.1 million in 2010. These amounts are determined by considering the impact of hypothetical interest rates on the Company's borrowing cost.

        Our operations include manufacturing and sales activities in foreign jurisdictions. We currently manufacture our products in China, Switzerland, Taiwan, the United Kingdom, and the United States using production components purchased internationally, and we sell our products in those markets as well as other worldwide markets. Our subsidiaries in China, Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom sell products in local currency to customers in those countries. These subsidiaries also transact business in currencies other than their functional currency outside of their home country. Our Taiwanese subsidiary also sells products to foreign purchasers in USD. As a result of these sales in various currencies and in various countries of the world, our financial results could be significantly affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we distribute our products. Our operating results are exposed to changes in exchange rates between the USD, GBP, CHF, EUR, TWD, CNY and Japanese Yen ("JPY"). As a result of having sales, purchases and certain intercompany transactions denominated

38


Table of Contents

in currencies other than the functional currencies of our subsidiaries, we are exposed to the effect of currency exchange rate changes on our cash flows, earnings and balance sheet. To mitigate this currency risk, we enter into currency forward exchange contracts to hedge significant non-functional currency denominated transactions for periods consistent with the terms of the underlying transactions. Contracts generally have maturities that do not exceed one year.

Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies

        The preparation of our financial statements requires the application of a number of accounting policies which are described in the notes to the financial statements. These policies require the use of assumptions or estimates, which, if interpreted differently under different conditions or circumstances, could result in material changes to the reported results. Following is a discussion of those accounting policies, which were reviewed with our audit committee, and which we feel are most susceptible to such interpretation.

        Accounts Receivable.     We assess the collectability of our trade accounts receivable using a combination of methods. We review large individual accounts for evidence of circumstances that suggest a collection problem might exist. Such situations include, but are not limited to, the customer's past history of payments, its current financial condition as evidenced by credit ratings, financial statements or other sources, and recent collection activities. We provide a reserve for losses based on current payment trends in the economies where we hold concentrations of receivables and provide a reserve for what we believe to be the most likely risk of collectability. In order to make these allowances, we rely on assumptions regarding economic conditions, equipment resale values, and the likelihood that previous performance will be indicative of future results.

        Inventories.     We use a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the value of our inventory. An allowance is provided for the value of inventory quantities of specific items that are deemed to be excessive based on an annual review of past usage and anticipated future usage. While we feel this is the most appropriate methodology for determining excess quantities, the possibility exists that customers will change their buying habits in the future should their own requirements change. Changes in metal-cutting technology can render certain products obsolete or reduce their market value. We continually evaluate changes in technology and adjust our products and inventory carrying values accordingly, either by write-off or by price reductions. Changes in market conditions and realizable selling prices for our machines could reduce the value of our inventory. We continually evaluate the carrying value of our machine inventory against the estimated selling price, less related costs to sell and adjust our inventory carrying values accordingly. However, the possibility exists that a future technological development, currently unanticipated, might affect the marketability of specific products produced by the company.

        We include in the cost of our inventories a component to cover the estimated cost of manufacturing overhead activities associated with production of our products.

        We believe that being able to offer immediate delivery on many of our products is critical to our competitive success. Likewise, we believe that maintaining an inventory of service parts, with a particular emphasis on purchased parts, is especially important to support our policy of maintaining serviceability of our products. Consequently, we maintain significant inventories of repair parts on many of our machine models, including some which are no longer in production. Our ability to accurately determine which parts are needed to maintain this serviceability is critical to our success in managing this element of our business.

        Intangible Assets.     We have acquired other machine tool companies or assets of companies. When doing so, we have used outside specialists to assist in determining the value of assets acquired, and have used traditional models for establishing purchase price based on EBITDA (earnings before

39


Table of Contents

interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) multiples and present value of future cash flows. Consequently, the value of purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet has been affected by the use of numerous estimates of the value of assets purchased and of future business opportunity.

        Net Deferred Tax Assets.     We regularly review the recent results and projected future results of our operations, as well as other relevant factors, to reconfirm the likelihood that existing deferred tax assets in each tax jurisdiction would be fully recoverable.

        Retirement Plans.     We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution plans, and one postretirement benefit plan, all as described in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The calculation of our plan expenses and liabilities require the use of a number of critical accounting estimates. Changes in the assumptions can result in different plan expense and liability amounts, and actual experience can differ from the assumptions. We believe that the most critical assumptions are the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets.

        We annually review the discount rate to be used for retirement plan liabilities. In the U.S., we use bond pricing models based on high grade U.S. corporate bonds constructed to match the projected liability benefit payments. We discounted our future plan liabilities for our U.S. plan using a rate of 5.11% and 5.93% at our plan measurement date of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We discounted our future plan liabilities for our foreign plans using rates appropriate for each country, which resulted in a blended rate of 3.01% and 3.09% at their measurement dates of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A change in the discount rate can have a significant effect on retirement plan obligations. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension obligations by approximately $13.8 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension obligations by approximately $11.4 million. A decrease of one percent in the discount rate would increase the Swiss pension obligations by approximately $12.3 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension obligations by approximately $10.1 million.

        A change in the discount rate can also have a significant effect on retirement plan expense. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.1 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.1 million. A decrease of one percent would increase the Swiss pension expense by approximately $1.5 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension expense by approximately $1.0 million.

        The expected rate of return on plan assets varies based on the investment mix of each particular plan and reflects the long-term average rate of return expected on funds invested or to be invested in each pension plan to provide for the benefits included in the pension liability. We review our expected rate of return annually based upon information available to us at that time, including the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds in each market), the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption. We used an expected rate of return of 8.00% and 8.00% at our measurement dates of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for our domestic plan. We used rates of return appropriate for each country for our foreign plans which resulted in a blended expected rate of return of 4.24% and 4.23% at their measurement dates of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A change in the expected return on plan assets can also have a significant effect on retirement plan expense. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.8 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.8 million. A decrease of one percent would increase the Swiss pension expense by approximately $0.7 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension expense by approximately $0.7 million.

40


Table of Contents

New Accounting Standards

        Refer to Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of accounting standards we recently adopted or will be required to adopt.

         Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to our business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words "believes," "project," "expects," "anticipates," "estimates," "intends," "strategy," "plan," "may," "will," "would," "will be," "will continue," "will likely result," and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our expectations will be realized. Such statements are based upon information known to management at this time. The Company cautions that such statements necessarily involve uncertainties and risk and deal with matters beyond the Company's ability to control, and in many cases the Company cannot predict what factors would cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated. Among the many factors that could cause actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements are fluctuations in the machine tool business cycles, changes in general economic conditions in the U.S. or internationally, the mix of products sold and the profit margins thereon, the relative success of the Company's entry into new product and geographic markets, the Company's ability to manage its operating costs, actions taken by customers such as order cancellations or reduced bookings by customers or distributors, competitors' actions such as price discounting or new product introductions, governmental regulations and environmental matters, changes in the availability and cost of materials and supplies, the implementation of new technologies and currency fluctuations. Any forward-looking statement should be considered in light of these factors. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise its forward-looking statements if unanticipated events alter their accuracy.

ITEM 7A.—QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled "Market Risk" in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, of this Form 10-K.

41


Table of Contents

ITEM 8—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Rochester, New York
March 14, 2012

42


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 
 
  (In Thousands Except Share
and Per Share Data)

 

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 21,736   $ 30,945  

Restricted cash

    4,575     5,225  

Accounts receivable, net

    65,909     47,572  

Inventories, net

    122,782     105,306  

Other current assets

    13,338     12,882  
           

Total current assets

    228,340     201,930  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   
68,204
   
56,628
 

Intangible assets, net

    12,765     13,642  

Other non-current assets

    2,360     2,647  
           

Total non-current assets

    83,329     72,917  
           

Total assets

  $ 311,669   $ 274,847  
           

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

             

Accounts payable

  $ 36,952   $ 33,533  

Notes payable to bank

    12,969     1,650  

Accrued expenses

    25,103     22,791  

Customer deposits

    18,881     10,468  

Accrued income taxes

    3,480     3,656  

Deferred income taxes

    2,556     2,546  

Current portion of long-term debt

    1,548     617  
           

Total current liabilities

    101,489     75,261  

Long-term debt

   
7,020
   
2,777
 

Pension and postretirement liabilities

    49,310     32,223  

Deferred income taxes

    2,391     2,516  

Other liabilities

    4,436     4,168  
           

Total non-current liabilities

    63,157     41,684  

Common stock ($0.01 par value, 12,472,992 issued)

   
125
   
125
 

Additional paid-in capital

    114,369     114,183  

Retained earnings

    65,041     53,637  

Treasury shares

    (10,379 )   (11,022 )

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (22,133 )   979  
           

Total shareholders' equity

    147,023     157,902  
           

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 311,669   $ 274,847  
           

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

43


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (In Thousands Except
Per Share Data)

 

Sales

  $ 341,573   $ 257,007   $ 214,071  

Cost of sales

    250,545     195,717     173,275  
               

Gross profit

    91,028     61,290     40,796  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   
73,599
   
65,650
   
68,000
 

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    46     (1,045 )   240  

Other expense (income)

    786     (560 )   556  

Impairment charge

        (25 )   1,650  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    16,597     (2,730 )   (29,650 )

Interest expense

   
339
   
426
   
1,926
 

Interest income

    (101 )   (90 )   (114 )
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    16,359     (3,066 )   (31,462 )

Income taxes

    4,373     2,168     1,847  
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 )
               

Per share data:

                   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

 
$

1.03
 
$

(0.46

)

$

(2.93

)
               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.02   $ (0.46 ) $ (2.93 )
               

Cash dividends declared per share

  $ 0.05   $ 0.02   $ 0.025  
               

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

44


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (In Thousands)
 

Operating activities

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Non-cash inventory write down

            8,127  

Impairment charge

        (25 )   1,650  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,736     7,042     8,504  

Debt issuance amortization

    124     310     1,341  

Provision for deferred income taxes

    (361 )   (1,983 )   347  

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    46     (1,045 )   240  

Gain on purchase of Jones & Shipman

        (647 )    

Unrealized intercompany foreign currency transaction (gain) loss

    (862 )   615     (140 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable

    (18,589 )   (609 )   20,429  

Inventories

    (18,123 )   622     41,474  

Other assets

    444     (3,077 )   (2,186 )

Accounts payable

    3,990     12,520     (3,574 )

Customer deposits

    8,469     5,691     (11,039 )

Accrued expenses

    (1,277 )   3,697     (1,705 )

Accrued postretirement benefits

    (715 )   (741 )   (1,010 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (7,132 )   17,136     29,149  

Investing activities

                   

Capital expenditures

    (19,217 )   (3,728 )   (3,178 )

Proceeds from sale of assets

    900     1,576     125  

Purchase of land use rights

        (2,594 )    

Purchase of Jones & Shipman, net of cash acquired

        (3,014 )    

Purchase of technical information

            (142 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (18,317 )   (7,760 )   (3,195 )

Financing activities

                   

Proceeds from short-term notes payable to bank

    29,987     10,416     11,357  

Repayments of short-term notes payable to bank

    (18,299 )   (10,272 )   (10,038 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    6,011          

Repayments on long-term debt

    (614 )   (571 )   (24,545 )

Dividends paid

    (581 )   (232 )   (288 )

Other financing activities

    (41 )   (111 )   (739 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    16,463     (770 )   (24,253 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   
(223

)
 
1,920
   
856
 
               

Net (decrease) increase in cash

    (9,209 )   10,526     2,557  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    30,945     20,419     17,862  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 21,736   $ 30,945   $ 20,419  
               

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

45


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
  Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 
 
  (In Thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 125   $ 114,841   $ 92,700   $ (13,037 ) $ (26,502 ) $ 168,127  
                           

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                                     

Net loss

                (33,309 )               (33,309 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                                     

Retirement plans, net of tax

                            21,018     21,018  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                            5,377     5,377  
                           

Total comprehensive loss

                                  (6,914 )
                           

Dividends declared

                (288 )               (288 )

Shares issued pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          (530 )         530            

Shares forfeited pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          64           (64 )          

Amortization (long-term incentive plan)

          438                       438  

Net issuance of treasury stock

          (426 )         593           167  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

    125     114,387     59,103     (11,978 )   (107 )   161,530  
                           

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                                     

Net loss

                (5,234 )               (5,234 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                                     

Retirement plans, net of tax

                            (9,331 )   (9,331 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

                            10,507     10,507  

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of tax

                            (90 )   (90 )
                           

Total comprehensive loss

                                  (4,148 )
                           

Dividends declared

                (232 )               (232 )

Shares issued pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          (568 )         568            

Shares forfeited pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          23           (23 )          

Amortization (long-term incentive plan)

          574                       574  

Net issuance of treasury stock

          (233 )         411           178  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2010

    125     114,183     53,637     (11,022 )   979     157,902  
                           

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                                     

Net income

                11,986                 11,986  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                                     

Retirement plans, net of tax

                            (21,223 )   (21,223 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment , net of tax

                            (1,475 )   (1,475 )

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of tax

                            (414 )   (414 )
                           

Total comprehensive loss

                                  (11,126 )
                           

Dividends declared

                (582 )               (582 )

Shares issued pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          (497 )         497            

Shares forfeited pursuant to long-term incentive plan

          47           (47 )          

Amortization (long-term incentive plan)

          776                       776  

Net issuance of treasury stock

          (140 )         193           53  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 125   $ 114,369   $ 65,041   $ (10,379 ) $ (22,133 ) $ 147,023  
                           

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

46


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2011


1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

        Hardinge Inc. ("Hardinge", "we", "us" or "the Company") is a machine tool manufacturer, which designs and manufactures computer-numerically controlled cutting lathes, machining centers, grinding machines, collets, chucks, index fixtures and other industrial products. We sell our products to customers in North America, Europe and "Asia and Other". A substantial portion of our sales are to small and medium-sized independent job shops, which in turn sell machined parts to their industrial customers. Industries directly and indirectly served by the Company include: aerospace, automotive, communications, computer, construction equipment, defense, energy, farm equipment, medical equipment, recreational equipment and transportation.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

        Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-year presentation.

Use of Estimates

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents are highly liquid financial instruments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Restricted Cash

        Occasionally, we are required to maintain cash deposits with certain banks with respect to contractual obligations as collateral for customer deposits or foreign exchange forward contracts. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of restricted cash was approximately $4.6 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

        We perform periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of our customers. No collateral is required for sales made on open account terms. Letters of credit from major banks back the majority of sales in the Asian region. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are generally limited due to the large number of customers comprising our customer base. We consider

47


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

trade accounts receivable to be past due when in excess of 30 days past terms, and charge off uncollectible balances when all collection efforts have been exhausted.

        We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.8 million and $4.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would result in additional expense to the Company.

Other Current Assets

        Other current assets consist of prepaid insurance, prepaid real estate taxes, prepaid software license agreements, prepaid income taxes and deposits on certain inventory purchases. When applicable, prepayments are expensed on a straight-line basis over the corresponding life of the underlying asset.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (computed in accordance with the first-in, first-out method) or market. Elements of cost include raw materials, purchased components, labor and overhead.

        We assess the valuation of our inventories and reduce the carrying value of those inventories that are obsolete or in excess of our forecasted usage to their estimated net realizable value. We estimate the net realizable value of such inventories based on analyses and assumptions including, but not limited to, historical usage, future demand and market requirements. We also review the carrying value of our inventory compared to the estimated selling price less costs to sell and adjust our inventory carrying value accordingly. Reductions to the carrying value of inventories are recorded in cost of goods sold. If future demand for our products is less favorable than our forecasts, inventories may need to be reduced, which would result in additional expense.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Major additions, renewals or improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed to operations as incurred. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line and accelerated methods, generally over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

Buildings

  40 years

Machinery

  12 years

Patterns, tools, jigs and furniture and fixtures

  10 years

Office and computer equipment

  5 years

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization. They are reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would

48


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. Intangible assets that are determined to have a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are also subject to review for impairment, if indicators of impairment are identified.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. To assess whether impairment exists, we use undiscounted cash flows and measure any impairment loss using discounted cash flows. Assets to be held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are no longer depreciated.

Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes using the liability method where deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

        A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. A review of all available positive and negative evidence needs to be considered, including a company's current and past performance, the market conditions in which the company operates, the utilization of past tax credits, the length of carryback and carryforward periods, sales backlogs, etc. that will result in future profits. Forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years. Therefore, cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment and are a major consideration in our decision to establish a valuation allowance.

        We maintain a full valuation allowance on the tax benefits of our U.S. net deferred tax assets and we expect to continue to record a full valuation allowance on future tax benefits until an appropriate level of profitability in the U.S. is sustained. We also maintain a valuation allowance on our U.K., German, Netherlands, and Canadian deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in those jurisdictions, as well as all other deferred tax assets of those entities.

        The determination of our provision for income taxes requires significant judgment, the use of estimates and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Our provision for income taxes reflects a combination of income earned and taxed in the U.S. and the various states, as well as federal and provincial jurisdictions in Switzerland, U.K., Canada, Germany, France, the Netherlands, China and Taiwan. Jurisdictional tax law changes, increases or decreases in permanent differences between book and tax items, accruals or adjustments of accruals for tax contingencies or valuation allowances, and the change in the mix of earnings from these taxing jurisdictions all affect the overall effective tax rate.

        We account for our uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. Interest and penalties are included as a component of income tax expense.

49


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue from product sales is generally recognized upon shipment, provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, and the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. Sales are recorded net of discounts, customer sales incentives and returns. Discounts and customer sales incentives are typically negotiated as part of the sales terms at the time of sale and are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company does not routinely permit customers to return machines. In the rare case that a machine return is permitted, a restocking fee is typically charged. Returns of spare parts and workholding products are limited to a period of 90 days subsequent to purchase, excluding special orders which are not eligible for return. An estimate of returns, which is not significant, is recorded as a reduction of revenue and is based on historical experience. Transfer of ownership and risk of loss are generally not contingent upon contractual customer acceptance. Prior to shipment, each machine is tested to ensure the machine's compliance with standard operating specifications as listed in our promotional literature. On an exception basis, where larger multiple machine installations are delivered which require run-offs and customer acceptance at their facility, revenue is recognized in the period of customer acceptance.

Sales Tax/VAT

        We collect and remit taxes assessed by different governmental authorities that are both imposed on and concurrent with revenue producing transactions between the Company and its customers. These taxes may include sales, use and value-added taxes. We report the collection of these taxes on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping and handling cost are recorded as part of cost of goods sold.

Warranties

        We offer warranties for our products. The specific terms and conditions of those warranties vary depending upon the product sold and the country in which we sold the product. We generally provide a basic limited warranty for a period of one to two years. We estimate the costs that may be incurred under our basic limited warranty, based largely upon actual warranty repair cost history and record a liability for such costs when that product revenue is recognized. The resulting accrual balance is reviewed during the year. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim.

        We also sell extended warranties for some of our products. These extended warranties usually cover a 12-24 month period that begins after the basic warranty expires. Revenue from extended warranties are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis across the term of the warranty contract.

        These liabilities are reported in accrued expenses on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

50


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Research and Development Costs

        The costs associated with research and development programs for new products and significant product improvements are expensed as incurred as a component of cost of goods sold. Research and development expenses totaled $12.2 million, $9.4 million and $9.3 million, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation and Re-measurement

        The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. Net assets are translated at month end exchange rates while income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. Translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, notes payable, long-term debt and foreign currency forwards. See Note 10 for additional disclosure.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        As a multinational Company, we are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates that could affect our results of operations and financial condition. To manage this risk, we enter into derivative instruments namely in the form of foreign currency forwards. Our derivative instruments are held to hedge economic exposures, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on balance sheet exposures of both trade and intercompany assets and liabilities. We hedge this exposure with contracts settling in less than a year. These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Gains or losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of these hedging contracts are recognized immediately in earnings. We have some forward contracts to hedge certain customer orders and vendor firm commitments. These contracts which are for less than two years have maturity dates in alignment with our contractual payment requirements. These derivatives qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as cash flow hedges. Unrealized gains or losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of these hedging contracts are charged to other comprehensive income (Loss). Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of the contracts are recognized in earnings.

Stock-Based Compensation

        We account for stock-based compensation based on the estimated fair value of the award as of the grant date and recognize as expense the value of the award over the requisite service period.

51


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

1. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income, postretirement plan adjustments, foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on hedging, net of tax, and is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity.

Earnings Per Share

        We calculate earnings per share using the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income (loss) available to common shareholders represents net income (loss) reduced by the allocation of earnings to participating securities. Losses are not allocated to participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.

        Unvested stock-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the earnings allocation in the earnings per share calculation under the two-class method. Recipients of restricted stock issued prior to 2011 are entitled to receive non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting period, therefore, meeting the definition of a participating security.


2. Net Inventories

        Net inventories consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Finished products

  $ 49,476   $ 48,359  

Work-in-process

    28,549     22,834  

Raw materials and purchased components

    44,757     34,113  
           

Inventories, net

  $ 122,782   $ 105,306  
           

52


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011


3. Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Land, buildings and improvements

  $ 73,657   $ 68,871  

Machinery, equipment and fixtures

    68,303     69,882  

Office furniture, equipment and vehicles

    16,990     17,389  

Construction in progress

    9,212     567  
           

    168,162     156,709  

Accumulated depreciation

    (99,958 )   (100,081 )
           

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 68,204   $ 56,628  
           

        Depreciation expense was $6.1 million, $5.7 million and $7.2 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        During 2009, as part of restructuring our North American manufacturing operations, we ceased manufacturing operations involved in the non-critical parts production in our Elmira, NY facility. As a result of this restructuring action, we identified certain property, plant and equipment that would no longer be utilized in our manufacturing operations and classified them as "available for sale". These assets were recorded on the balance sheet at $0.2 million as of December 31, 2009 based on the lower of the assets' carrying value or fair value less estimated costs to sell, with a related impairment charge of $0.6 million.

        In addition to the assets that were classified as available for sale, we identified certain property, plant and equipment with a net book value of $1.1 million that would no longer be utilized in our manufacturing operations and disposed of them. As of December 31, 2009 we recorded an impairment charge of $1.1 million related to these assets.

        During 2010, we changed our plan to sell some of those assets that had been identified in December 2009. In conjunction with this change in plan, we reclassified these assets from "held for sale" to "held and used." These assets were measured at the lower of their (a) carrying amount before they were classified as "held for sale," adjusted by any depreciation expense or impairment losses that would have been recognized had the assets continuously been classified as "held and used" or (b) fair value at the date of the subsequent decision not to sell. As a result of this action, we recorded a $0.03 million credit to the impairment charges in 2010.

        During 2010, we recognized a gain of $1.0 million on the sale of assets primarily related to the sale of the excess machinery and equipment at the Elmira, NY manufacturing facility.

53


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011


4. Intangibles

        Summary of the major components of intangible assets are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Gross amortizable intangible assets:

             

Land rights

  $ 2,746   $ 2,633  

Patents

    2,965     2,883  

Technical know-how and other

    5,785     5,774  
           

Total gross amortizable intangible assets

    11,496     11,290  

Accumulated amortization:

             

Land rights

    (59 )   (5 )

Patents

    (2,704 )   (2,582 )

Technical know-how and other

    (3,235 )   (2,620 )
           

Total accumulated amortization

    (5,998 )   (5,207 )
           

Amortizable intangible assets, net

    5,498     6,083  
           

Intangible asset not subject to amortization:

    7,267     7,559  
           

Intangible assets, net

  $ 12,765   $ 13,642  
           

        Amortization expense related to these amortizable intangible assets was $0.8 million for 2011 and 2010 and $0.7 million for 2009. The aggregated amortization expense on existing intangible assets for each of the next five years is approximately $0.8 million, $0.8 million, $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

        Intangible asset not subject to amortization represent the aggregate value of the trade name, trademarks and copyrights associated with the former worldwide operations of Bridgeport. We use the Bridgeport brand name on all of our machining center lines; therefore, the asset has been determined to have an indefinite useful life. The $0.3 million decrease in the balance from 2010 was the impact of foreign currency exchange.


5. Financing Arrangements

        We maintain several financing arrangements with various financial institutions. These financing arrangements are in the form of long-term loans, credit facilities, or lines of credit. In aggregate, these financing arrangements allow us to borrow up to $73.8 million at December 31, 2011, of which $51.7 million can be borrowed for working capital needs. As of December 31, 2011, $43.4 million was available under these arrangements of which $37.1 million was available for working capital needs. Total consolidated borrowings outstanding were $21.5 million at December 31, 2011 and $5.0 million at December 31, 2010. Details of these financing arrangements are discussed below.

54


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

5. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

Long-term Debt

        Long-term debt consists of:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Taiwan mortgage loan

  $ 2,676   $ 3,394  

Jiaxing construction loan

    2,690      

Kellenberger mortgage loan

    3,202      
           

Total long-term debt

    8,568     3,394  

Current portion

    (1,548 )   (617 )
           

Total long-term debt, less current portion

  $ 7,020   $ 2,777  
           

        The annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the five years after December 31, 2011, are as follows:

Year
  Amounts  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2012

  $ 1,548  

2013

    2,814  

2014

    1,073  

2015

    915  

2016

    617  

Thereafter

    1,601  
       

  $ 8,568  
       

        In May 2006, Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a mortgage loan with a local bank. The principal amount of the loan is 180.0 million New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD") ($5.9 million equivalent). The loan, which matures in June 2016, is secured by real property owned and requires quarterly principal payment in the amount of TWD 4.5 million ($0.1 million equivalent). The loan interest rate, 1.75% and 1.53% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, was based on the bank's one year fixed savings rate plus 0.4%. The principal amount outstanding was TWD 81.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011 and TWD 99.0 million ($3.4 million equivalent) at December 31, 2010.

        In August 2011, Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd., an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a loan agreement with a local bank. This agreement, which expires on January 30, 2014, provides up to 25.0 million in Chinese Renminbi ("CNY") ($4.0 million equivalent) for plant construction and fixed assets acquisition purposes. The interest rate, currently at 7.98%, is the bank base rate plus a 20% mark-up and is subject to adjustment annually. The agreement calls for scheduled principal repayments in the amounts of CNY 4.0 million ($0.6 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent), CNY 6.0 million ($1.0 million equivalent) and CNY 9.0 million ($1.4 million equivalent) on July 20, 2012, January 20, 2013, July 20, 2013 and January 30, 2014,

55


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

5. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

respectively. The principal amount outstanding was CNY 17.0 million ($2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        This loan agreement contains financial covenants pursuant to which the subsidiary is required to continually maintain a ratio of total liabilities to total assets less than 0.65:1.00 and a current ratio of more than 1.0:1.0. In addition, the subsidiary is not allowed to act as a guarantor to any third party. The loan agreement contains customary events of default and acceleration clauses. Additionally, the loan is secured by substantially all of the real property and improvements owned by the subsidiary, including improvements currently under construction. At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

        In December 2011, L. Kellenberger & Co. AG, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland, entered into a credit facility with a local bank which provides for borrowing of up to 3.0 million in Swiss Franc ("CHF") ($3.2 million equivalent). Upon entering into the facility, the subsidiary obtained a loan of CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) with a five-year term maturing on December 23, 2016. Interest on the loan accrues at a fixed rate of 2.65%. Payments of principal on the loan in the amount of CHF 150,000 ($0.2 million equivalent) are due and payable on June 30 and December 31 beginning on June 30, 2012. The principal amount outstanding was CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) at December 31, 2011.

        All borrowings under this facility are secured by a mortgage on the subsidiary's facility in Romanshorn, Switzerland. The facility is also subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the equity of the subsidiary must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

Credit Facilities and Other Financing Arrangements

    Foreign Credit Facilities

        In July, 2011, Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a new unsecured credit facility. This facility, which expires on May 30, 2012, provides up to $12.0 million, or its equivalent in other currencies, for working capital and export business purposes. This credit facility charges interest at 1.88% and is subject to change by the lender based on market conditions and carries no commitment fees on unused funds. This facility replaced the existing $10.0 million facility entered into in July 2010. The principal amounts outstanding for these facilities were $12.0 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and were included in the note payable to bank on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        L. Kellenberger & Co., AG, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Switzerland, maintains two separate credit facilities with a bank. The first facility, entered into in August 2009 and subsequently amended in December 2009 and August 2010, provides for borrowing of up to CHF 7.5 million ($8.0 million equivalent) to be used for guarantees, documentary credit, or margin cover for foreign exchange hedging activity with maximum terms of 12 months. The second facility, entered into in August 2009 and amended in June 2010, provides for borrowings of up to CHF 6.0 million ($6.4 million equivalent) to be used for working capital purposes as a limit for cash credits in CHF and/or in any other freely convertible foreign currencies with maximum terms of up to 36 months. The second facility is secured by certain real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate charged by

56


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

5. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

these two facilities, currently at 1.25% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's risk assessment of the subsidiary. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under these facilities.

        The subsidiary also maintains a credit agreement with another bank. This agreement, entered into in October 2009, provided a credit facility of up to CHF 7.0 million ($7.5 million equivalent) for guarantees, documentary credit and margin cover for foreign exchange trades and of which up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) of the facility was available for working capital purpose. The facility was secured by the subsidiary's certain real property up to CHF 3.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent). This agreement was amended in August 2010. The amendment increased the total funds available under the facility to CHF 9.0 million ($9.6 million equivalent), increased the funds available for working capital purposes to CHF $5.0 million ($5.3 million equivalent) and increased the secured amounts to CHF 5.0 million ($5.3 million equivalent). The amended agreement terminates on September 1, 2013 and reverts to its pre-amendment terms. The interest rate, currently at LIBOR plus 3.66% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on the prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's assessment of the subsidiary. It carries no commitment fees on unused funds. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        The above Kellenberger credit facilities are subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement where the minimum equity for the subsidary must be at least 35% of its balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we were in compliance with the required covenant.

    Domestic Credit Facilities

        In March 2009, we entered into an agreement with a bank for a $10.0 million term loan due March 16, 2010. In December 2009, we replaced the term loan with a $10.0 million revolving credit facility, and in December 2010, we extended the maturity of the facility to March 31, 2012. In December 2011, we modified the existing facility and increased the facility from $10.0 million to $25.0 million, reduced the interest rate from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% and extended the maturity date of the facility from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013. This credit facility is secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets (exclusive of real property), a negative pledge on our worldwide headquarters in Elmira, NY, and a pledge of 65% of our investment in Hardinge Holdings GmbH. The credit facility is guaranteed by one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which is the owner of the real property comprising our world headquarters. The credit facility does not include any financial covenants. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.

        We also have a $3.0 million unsecured short-term line of credit from a bank with interest based on the prime rate with a floor of 5.0% and a ceiling of 16.0%. The agreement is negotiated annually, requires no commitment fee and is payable on demand. The principal amount outstanding was $0.5 million at December 31, 2011. There was no balance outstanding at December 31, 2010 on this line of credit.

        We maintain a standby letter of credit for potential liabilities pertaining to self-insured workers compensation exposure. The amount of the letter of credit was $1.2 million at December 31, 2011. It

57


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

5. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

expires on March 15, 2012. In total, we had various outstanding letters of credit totaling $12.9 million and $8.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.


6. Income Taxes

        The Company's pre-tax income for domestic and foreign sources is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Domestic

  $ (3,483 ) $ (8,467 ) $ (23,465 )

Foreign

    19,842     5,401     (7,997 )
               

Total

  $ 16,359   $ (3,066 ) $ (31,462 )
               

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred tax assets:

             

Federal, state, and foreign net operating losses

  $ 34,386   $ 32,144  

State tax credit carryforwards

    6,888     6,796  

Postretirement benefits

    899     1,012  

Deferred employee benefits

    2,428     2,107  

Accrued pension

    13,918     7,847  

Inventory valuation

    2,014     2,152  

Other

    7,462     5,564  
           

    67,995     57,622  

Less valuation allowance

    (62,672 )   (53,533 )
           

Total deferred tax assets

    5,323     4,089  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Tax over book depreciation

    (4,082 )   (4,433 )

Inventory valuation

    (2,388 )   (2,712 )

Other

    (1,275 )   (191 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (7,745 )   (7,336 )
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (2,422 ) $ (3,247 )
           

        Current deferred tax assets of $1.6 million and $1.4 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively, are reported in other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Non-current deferred tax assets of $0.9 million and $0.5 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively, are reported in other non-current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

58


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

        We continue to maintain a full valuation allowance on the tax benefits of our U.S., U.K., German and Canadian net deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in those jurisdictions, as well as all other deferred tax assets of those entities.

        In 2011, the valuation allowance increased by $9.1 million. This was due to an increase of $2.4 million due to not recording a tax benefit on losses and other deferred tax assets in the U.S., U.K., Germany, and the Netherlands, and an increase of $6.7 million due to the net increase in minimum pension liabilities in the U.S. and the U.K., (and other items recorded in other comprehensive income (loss)).

        In 2010, the valuation allowance increased by $7.1 million. This was due to an increase of $6.3 million due to not recording a tax benefit on losses and other deferred tax assets in the U.S., U.K., and Germany, and an increase of $0.8 million due to the net increase in minimum pension liabilities in the U.S. and the U.K., (and other items recorded in other comprehensive income (loss)).

        At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had state investment tax credits of $6.9 million and $6.8 million, respectively, expiring at various dates through the year 2018. In addition, we have U.S. and state net operating loss carryforwards of $68.7 million and $61.3 million, respectively, which expire from 2023 through 2031. We also have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $33.4 million. The U.S. net operating loss includes approximately $1.6 million of the net operating loss carryforward for which a benefit will be recorded in additional paid in capital when realized.

        Significant components of income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current:

                   

Federal and state

  $   $   $  

Foreign

    5,086     3,645     1,313  
               

Total current

    5,086     3,645     1,313  
               

Deferred:

                   

Federal and state

        (100 )   100  

Foreign

    (713 )   (1,377 )   434  
               

Total deferred

    (713 )   (1,477 )   534  
               

  $ 4,373   $ 2,168   $ 1,847  
               

        There were no tax refunds in 2011. Refunds were $0.5 million in 2010 and $1.4 million in 2009. Income tax payments primarily related to foreign locations totaled $4.8 million, $2.1 million, and $2.5 million, in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

59


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The following is a reconciliation of income tax expense computed at the United States statutory rate to amounts shown in the Consolidated Statements of Income:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Federal income taxes at statutory rate

    35.0 %   (35.0 )%   (35.0 )%

Taxes on foreign income which differ from the U.S. statutory rate

    (19.8 )   (48.6 )   1.4  

Effect of change in the enacted rate in Swiss jurisdiction

    (0.5 )   2.0     0.8  

Increase in valuation allowance

    10.6     141.5     34.8  

Change in estimated liabilities

    1.3     5.3     4.1  

Other

    0.1     5.5     (0.2 )
               

    26.7 %   70.7 %   5.9 %
               

        At the end of 2011, the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, which amounted to approximately $133.1 million, are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state taxes has been provided thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries.

        We had been granted a tax holiday in China which expired in 2011. For 2011, our tax rate for our Chinese subsidiary was 24% and our tax rate in China will be 25% in 2012.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 2,127   $ 2,443   $ 2,192  

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

    592         24  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

    170     836     318  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

    (83 )   (575 )    

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

    (23 )   (91 )   (52 )

Settlements

    (450 )   (486 )   (39 )
               

Balance at end of period

  $ 2,333   $ 2,127   $ 2,443  
               

        If recognized, essentially all of the uncertain tax benefits and related interest at December 31, 2011 would be recorded as a benefit to income tax expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

        We record interest and penalties on tax reserves as income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The net increase in interest and net reduction in penalties were immaterial for 2011 and 2010. Accrued interest related to the uncertain tax positions were $0.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Accrued penalties related to uncertain tax positions were $0.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The accrued interest and accrued penalties were reported as other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

60


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The tax years 2008 to 2011 remain open to examination by United States taxing authorities and for our other major jurisdictions (Switzerland, U.K., Taiwan, Germany, Netherlands and China); the tax years between 2006 and 2011 generally remain open to routine examination by foreign taxing authorities, depending on the jurisdiction.


7. Warranty

        A reconciliation of the changes in our product warranty accrual is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 3,298   $ 2,470  

Warranty settlement costs

    (2,689 )   (2,175 )

Warranties issued

    4,096     4,223  

Changes in accruals for pre-existing warranties

    (842 )   (1,427 )

Currency translation impact

    (63 )   207  
           

Balance at end of period

  $ 3,800   $ 3,298  
           


8. Industry Segment and Foreign Operations

        Summary of domestic and foreign operations consist of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  North
America
  Europe   Asia &
Other
  North
America
  Europe   Asia &
Other
  North
America
  Europe   Asia &
Other
 
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Domestic Sales

  $ 68,005   $ 106,471   $ 150,721   $ 54,715   $ 78,194   $ 125,115   $ 65,940   $ 88,365   $ 58,854  

Export Sales

    5,682     49,084     52,520     7,755     22,719     17,104     7,669     18,648     8,902  
                                       

Gross Sales

    73,687     155,555     203,241     62,470     100,913     142,219     73,609     107,013     67,756  

Less Inter-area eliminations

    7,653     36,219     47,038     9,391     20,728     18,476     7,558     15,685     11,064  
                                       

Sales

  $ 66,034   $ 119,336   $ 156,203   $ 53,079   $ 80,185   $ 123,743   $ 66,051   $ 91,328   $ 56,692  
                                       

Identifiable Assets

  $ 62,644   $ 130,270   $ 118,755   $ 54,271   $ 119,892   $ 100,684   $ 65,457   $ 111,378   $ 65,369  
                                       

        Sales attributable to European and Asian & Other operations are based on those sales generated by subsidiaries located in Europe and Asia.

        Inter-area sales are accounted for at prices comparable to normal, unaffiliated customer sales, reduced by estimated costs not incurred on these sales.

        In 2010, a customer who is a supplier to the consumer electronics industry accounted for 10.7% of our consolidated sales. We have no single customer who accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated sales in 2011 or 2009.

61


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

8. Industry Segment and Foreign Operations (Continued)

        Machine sales accounted for approximately 77% of 2011 sales and 75% of 2010 and 2009 sales. Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily workholding, repair parts and accessories made up the balance.

        Summary of sales from external customers by country is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   % of
Total
  2010   % of
Total
  2009   % of
Total
 
 
  (dollar amount in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 84,673     24.8 % $ 54,426     21.2 % $ 60,550     28.3 %

China

   
111,670
   
32.7

%
 
102,092
   
39.7

%
 
51,667
   
24.1

%

Germany

    26,483     7.8 %   25,267     9.8 %   40,349     18.8 %

England

    24,420     7.1 %   15,983     6.2 %   15,973     7.5 %

Other foreign

    94,327     27.6 %   59,239     23.1 %   45,532     21.3 %
                           

Total foreign

    256,900     75.2 %   202,581     78.8 %   153,521     71.7 %
                           

Total

  $ 341,573     100.0 % $ 257,007     100.0 % $ 214,071     100.0 %
                           

        Summary of net property, plant and equipment by country is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   % of
Total
  2010   % of
Total
  2009   % of
Total
 
 
  (dollar amount in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 14,550     21.3 % $ 15,336     27.1 % $ 16,691     30.5 %

Switzerland

   
36,540
   
53.6

%
 
30,675
   
54.2

%
 
28,660
   
52.4

%

Taiwan

    8,039     11.8 %   8,438     14.9 %   7,564     13.8 %

China

    8,019     11.8 %   915     1.6 %   690     1.3 %

Other foreign

    1,056     1.5 %   1,264     2.2 %   1,106     2.0 %
                           

Total foreign

    53,654     78.7 %   41,292     72.9 %   38,020     69.5 %
                           

Total

  $ 68,204     100.0 % $ 56,628     100.0 % $ 54,711     100.0 %
                           


9. Employee Benefits

Pension and Postretirement Plans

        We provide a qualified defined benefit pension plan covering all eligible domestic employees hired before March 1, 2004. The plan bases benefits upon both years of service and earnings through 2010. Our policy is to fund at least an amount necessary to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of ERISA. For our foreign plans, contributions are made on a monthly basis and are governed by their governmental regulations. Each foreign plan requires employee and employer contributions except Hardinge Taiwan, which requires only employer contributions. In 2010, we permanently froze the accrual of benefits under the domestic plan and one of our foreign plans.

62


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        Domestic employees hired on or after March 1, 2004 have retirement benefits under our 401(k) defined contribution plan. After one year of service, we will contribute 4% of an employee's pay and will further match 25% of the first 4% that the employee contributes. As of June 15, 2009, we suspended the 25% company match as well as the 4% company contribution to the 401(k) plan. For 2009, employees were credited with a pro-rata portion of the 4% company contribution which was paid in January 2010. The suspension of the 25% company match and 4% contribution was rescinded as of January 1, 2011. We made contributions of $0.1 million and $0.1 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. In conjunction with the permanent freeze of benefit accruals under the domestic defined benefit plan, employees that were actively participating in the domestic defined benefit plan became eligible to receive company contributions in the 401(k) defined contribution plan. Additionally, upon reaching age 50, employees who were age 40 or older as of January 1, 2011 and were participants in the domestic defined benefit plan, are also provided enhanced employer contributions in the 401(k) defined contribution plan to compensate for the loss of future benefit accruals under the defined benefit plan. We recognized $1.5 million of expense for the domestic defined contribution plan in 2011. Employees may contribute additional funds to the plan for which there is no required company match. All employer and employee contributions are invested at the direction of the employees in a number of investment alternatives, one being Hardinge Inc. common stock.

        As a result of the permanent freeze to the accrual of benefits under the domestic plan and one of our foreign plans, we realized a net curtailment gain of $0.3 million in 2010. As a result of our 2009 restructuring activities in North America and Europe, we realized a reduction in the number of participants in our defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans. Accordingly, in 2009, we recognized settlement and curtailment losses of $0.6 million in our defined benefit pension plans and a curtailment gain of $0.6 million in our other post-retirement benefits plan.

        We provide a contributory retiree health plan covering all eligible domestic employees who retired at normal retirement age prior to January 1, 1993 and all retirees who have or will retire at normal retirement age after January 1, 1993 with at least 10 years of active service. Employees who elect early retirement on or after reaching age 55 are eligible for the plan benefits if they have 15 years of active service at retirement. Benefit obligations and funding policies are at the discretion of management. We also provide a non-contributory life insurance plan to retirees who meet the same eligibility criteria as required for retiree health insurance. Because the amount of liability relative to this plan is insignificant, it is combined with the health plan for purposes of this disclosure.

        In 2009 and 2008, we offered a Voluntary Early Retirement Program ("VERP") to eligible employees. Employees were eligible to participate in the VERP if the sum of their current age and length of service equaled 94 years. The VERP covers post-retirement health care costs for 60 months or until Medicare coverage begins, whichever occurs first. Through December 31, 2011, we have recognized $1.1 million in costs for the 2009 and 2008 VERP, of which $0.4 million and $0.6 million are included within the postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

        Increases in the cost of the retiree health plan are paid by the participants with the exception of premium costs for eligible employees who retired under a VERP. For each VERP retiree, we pay the premium in excess of a scheduled amount until they reach Medicare eligibility or for a period not to exceed five years at which point the retiree assumes responsibility for any premium increases.

63


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        The discount rate for determining benefit obligations in the postretirement benefits plan was 4.92% and 5.50% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The change in the discount rate increased the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2011 by $0.1 million.

        A summary of the pension and postretirement benefits plans' funded status and amounts recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets is as follows:

 
  Pension Benefits   Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  December 31,   December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Change in benefit obligation :

                         

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

  $ 190,353   $ 171,649   $ 2,734   $ 2,918  

Service cost

    1,449     1,313     18     17  

Interest cost

    8,583     8,584     138     156  

Plan participants' contributions

    1,530     1,532     464     601  

Actuarial loss (gain)

    10,580     12,816     (94 )   35  

Foreign currency impact

    (596 )   7,003          

Special termination benefits/curtailment

        (515 )        

Benefits and administrative expenses paid

    (10,560 )   (12,029 )   (831 )   (993 )

Other changes

    (171 )            
                   

Benefit obligation at end of period

  $ 201,168   $ 190,353   $ 2,429   $ 2,734  
                   

Change in plan assets:

                         

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

  $ 163,205   $ 151,465   $   $  

Actual return on plan assets

    (2,413 )   12,441          

Employer contribution

    4,429     2,922     367     392  

Plan participants' contributions

    1,530     1,532     464     601  

Foreign currency impact

    (351 )   6,874          

Benefits and administrative expenses paid

    (10,560 )   (12,029 )   (831 )   (993 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

  $ 155,840   $ 163,205   $   $  
                   

Funded status of plans

  $ (45,328 ) $ (27,148 ) $ (2,429 ) $ (2,734 )
                   

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

                         

Non-current assets

  $ 1,345   $ 2,111   $   $  

Current liabilities

    (208 )   (134 )   (358 )   (460 )

Non-current liabilities

    (46,465 )   (29,125 )   (2,071 )   (2,274 )
                   

Net amount recognized

  $ (45,328 ) $ (27,148 ) $ (2,429 ) $ (2,734 )
                   

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) consist of:

                         

Net actuarial (loss) gain

  $ (63,708 ) $ (42,686 ) $ 314   $ 220  

Transition asset

    1,349     1,622          

Prior service credit

    301     499     607     960  
                   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (62,058 )   (40,565 )   921     1,180  
                   

Accumulated contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost

    16,730     13,417     (3,350 )   (3,914 )
                   

Net amount (deficit) recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets

  $ (45,328 ) $ (27,148 ) $ (2,429 ) $ (2,734 )
                   

64


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        The projected benefit obligations for the foreign pension plans included in the amounts above were $92.9 million and $92.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The plan assets for the foreign pension plans included above were $82.4 million and $84.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition to the defined pension and postretirement benefits, we have included $0.8 million of retirement benefit liabilities related to a foreign subsidiary in the pension and postretirement liabilities amounts on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for 2011 and 2010.

        The accumulated benefit obligations were $196.0 million and $185.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        The following information is presented for pension plans where the projected benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets (all plans except one Swiss plan in 2011 and 2010):

 
  Pension Benefits  
 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Projected benefit obligations

  $ 195,308   $ 185,076  

Fair value of plan assets

    148,634     155,817  
           

Excess of projected benefit obligations over plan assets

  $ 46,674   $ 29,259  
           

        The following information is presented for pension plans where the accumulated benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets (all plans except Taiwan and one Swiss plan in 2011 and 2010):

 
  Pension Benefits  
 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Accumulated benefit obligations

  $ 189,684   $ 179,175  

Fair value of plan assets

    147,640     154,883  
           

Excess of accumulated benefit obligations over plan assets

  $ 42,044   $ 24,292  
           

65


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost and postretirement benefit costs for the consolidated company is presented below. The pension cost includes an executive supplemental pension plan.

 
  Pension Benefits   Postretirement Benefits  
 
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Service cost

  $ 1,449   $ 1,313   $ 2,401   $ 18   $ 17   $ 17  

Interest cost

    8,583     8,584     8,592     138     156     203  

Expected return on plan assets

    (10,089 )   (9,430 )   (9,927 )            

Amortization of prior service credit

    (58 )   (120 )   (145 )   (353 )   (370 )   (505 )

Amortization of transition asset

    (284 )   (225 )   (228 )            

Special termination benefits

                        376  

Settlement/curtailment (gain) loss

        (333 )   622             (634 )

Amortization of loss (gain)

    1,794     866     1,657             (15 )
                           

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 1,395   $ 655   $ 2,972   $ (197 ) $ (197 ) $ (558 )
                           

        A summary of the changes in pension and postretirement benefits recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss is presented below.

 
  Pension Benefits   Postretirement Benefits  
 
  Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss (gain) arising during period

  $ 23,082   $ 9,598   $ (24,320 ) $ (94 ) $ 36   $ (50 )

Amortization of transition asset (obligation)

    284     (18 )   221              

Amortization of prior service credit

    58     509     397     353     370     989  

Other loss

    184                      

Amortization of (loss) gain

    (1,794 )   (722 )   (2,623 )           15  

Foreign currency exchange impact

    (321 )   924     1,054              
                           

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

    21,493     10,291     (25,271 )   259     406     954  
                           

Net recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss

  $ 22,888   $ 10,946   $ (22,299 ) $ 62   $ 209   $ 396  
                           

        The net periodic benefit cost for the foreign pension plans included in the amounts above was $1.8 million, $1.7 million, and $2.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

        We expect to recognize $2.4 million of net loss, $0.3 million credit of transition asset and $0.1 million of net prior service credit as components of net periodic pension cost in 2012 for our defined benefit pension plans. We expect to recognize $0.4 million of net prior service credit as a component of net periodic postretirement benefit cost in 2012.

66


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

        Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension costs and other postretirement benefit costs include:

 
  Pension
Benefits
  Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

For the domestic plans:

                         

Discount rate

    5.93 %   6.27 %   5.50 %   5.80 %

Expected return on plan assets

    8.00 %   8.00 %   N/A     N/A  

For the foreign plans:

                         

Weighted average discount rate

    3.09 %   3.79 %            

Weighted average expected return on plan assets

    4.24 %   4.23 %            

Weighted average rate of compensation increase

    2.51 %   2.78 %            

        Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension obligations and other postretirement benefit obligations include:

 
  Pension
Benefits
  Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

For the domestic plans:

                         

Discount rate

    5.11 %   5.93 %   4.92 %   5.50 %

For the foreign pension plans:

                         

Weighted average discount rate

    3.01 %   3.09 %            

Weighted average rate of compensation increase

    2.51 %   2.51 %            

        For our domestic and foreign plans (except for the Taiwan plan), discount rates used to determine the benefit obligations are based on the yields on high grade corporate bonds in each market with maturities matching the projected benefit payments or sample benefit payments in the case of the U.K. plan. The discount rate for the Taiwan plan is based on the yield on long-dated government bonds. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, for our domestic and foreign plans, we considered the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds) in each market, the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption.

Investment Policies and Strategies

        For the domestic defined benefit plan, the plan targets an asset allocation of approximately 55% equity securities, 36% debt securities and 9% other. For the foreign defined benefit plans, the plans target blended asset allocation of 41% equity securities, 45% debt securities and 14% other.

        Given the relatively long horizon of our aggregate obligation, our investment strategy is to improve and maintain the funded status of our domestic and foreign plans over time without exposure to

67


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

excessive asset value volatility. We manage this risk primarily by maintaining actual asset allocations between equity and fixed income securities for the plans within a specified range of its target asset allocation. In addition, we ensure that diversification across various investment subcategories within each plan are also maintained within specified ranges.

        Our domestic and foreign pension assets are managed by outside investment managers and held in trust by third-party custodians. The selection and oversight of these outside service providers is the responsibility of management, investment committees, plan trustees and their advisors. The selection of specific securities is at the discretion of the investment manager and is subject to the provisions set forth by written investment management agreements, related policy guidelines and applicable governmental regulations regarding permissible investments and risk control practices.

Cash flows

Contributions

        Our funding policy is to contribute to defined benefit plans when pension laws and economics either require or encourage funding. The domestic plan is the largest of all our defined benefit plans. The contributions to this plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 totaled $2.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

        The expected contributions to be paid during the year ending December 31, 2012 to the domestic defined benefit plans are approximately $5.7 million. We also provide defined benefit pension plans or defined contribution retirement plans for our foreign subsidiaries. The expected contributions to be paid during the year ending December 31, 2012 to the foreign defined benefit plans are $2.2 million. For each of our foreign plans, contributions are made on a monthly basis and are determined by their governmental regulations. Also, each of the foreign plans requires employee and employer contributions, except for Taiwan, which has only employer contributions.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 
  Pension
Benefits
  Postretirement
Benefits
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2012

  $ 8,250   $ 358  

2013

    8,688     314  

2014

    8,830     161  

2015

    9,427     150  

2016

    9,577     151  

Years 2017 - 2021

    55,812     787  

68


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

9. Employee Benefits (Continued)

Foreign Operations

        We also have employees in certain foreign countries that are covered by defined contribution retirement plans and other employee benefit plans. Related obligations and costs charged to operations for these plans are not material. The foreign entities with defined benefit plans are included in the consolidated pension plans described earlier within this footnote.


10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, various techniques and assumptions can be used to estimate fair value. We are using the following fair value hierarchy definition:

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

    Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities.

    Level 3—Inputs for which significant valuation assumptions are unobservable in a market and therefore value is based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.

        The fair values and classification of our financial instruments measured on a recurring basis is as follows:

 
  December 31, 2011  
Classification
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency forwards designated as hedges:

                         

Other current assets

  $ 334   $   $ 334   $  

Accrued expenses

  $ 1,351   $   $ 1,351   $  

Foreign currency forwards not designated as hedges:

                         

Other current assets

  $ 315   $   $ 315   $  

Accrued expenses

  $ 351   $   $ 351   $  

 

 
  December 31, 2010  
Classification
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency forwards designated as hedges:

                         

Accrued expenses

  $ 90   $   $ 90   $  

Foreign currency forwards not designated as hedges:

                         

Other current assets

  $ 254   $   $ 254   $  

Accrued expenses

  $ 16   $   $ 16   $  

69


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        Our derivative assets and liabilities are foreign exchange derivatives that are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as spot and forward rates. Based on these inputs, the derivative assets and liabilities are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Based on our continued ability to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value instruments to be active. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, there were no significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2.

        At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of our variable interest rate debt is approximately equal to its carrying value, as the underlying interest rate is variable. During 2011 and 2010, we did not have any significant nonrecurring measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities.

Pension Plan Assets

        The fair values and classification of our defined benefit plan assets is as follows:

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Growth funds(1)

  $ 38,523   $ 37,434   $ 1,089   $  

Income funds(2)

    23,172     22,266     906      

Growth and income funds(3)

    64,588         64,588      

Hedge funds(4)

    22,523             22,523  

Real estate funds

    3,119     950     2,169      

Other assets

    619         619      

Cash and cash equivalents

    3,296     3,296          
                   

Total

  $ 155,840   $ 63,946   $ 69,371   $ 22,523  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Growth funds(1)

  $ 42,589   $ 41,391   $ 1,198   $  

Income funds(2)

    24,323     23,414     909      

Growth and income funds(3)

    66,768         66,768      

Hedge funds(4)

    23,710             23,710  

Real estate funds

    2,991     922     2,069      

Other assets

    553         553      

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,271     2,271          
                   

Total

  $ 163,205   $ 67,998   $ 71,497   $ 23,710  
                   

(1)
Growth funds represent a type of fund containing a diversified portfolio of domestic and international equities with a goal of capital appreciation.

(2)
Income funds represent a type of fund with an emphasis on current income as opposed to capital appreciation. Such funds may contain a variety of domestic and international

70


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

    government and corporate debt obligations, preferred stock, money market instruments and dividend-paying stocks.

(3)
Growth and Income funds represent a type of fund containing a combination of growth and income securities.

(4)
Hedge funds represent a managed portfolio of investments that use advanced investment strategies such as leveraged, long, short and derivative positions in both domestic and international markets with the goal of generating high returns. These funds are subject to quarterly redemptions and advanced notification requirements, as well as the right to delay redemption until sufficient fund liquidity exists.

        A summary of the changes in the fair value of the defined benefit plans assets classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 23,710   $ 23,859  

Unrealized (loss) gain

    (559 )   851  

Realized (loss) gain

    (253 )   327  

Purchases

    7,000     2,000  

Sales/settlements

    (7,375 )   (3,327 )
           

Balance at end of period

  $ 22,523   $ 23,710  
           

        Most of our defined benefit pension plan's Level 1 assets are debt and equity investments that are traded in active markets, either domestically or internationally. They are measured at fair value using closing prices from active markets. The Level 2 assets are typically investments in pooled funds, which are measured based on the value of their underlying assets that are publicly traded with observable values. The fair value of our Level 3 plan assets are measured by compiling the portfolio holdings and independently valuing the securities in those portfolios.


11. Derivative Financial Instruments

        We utilize foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency as well as on forecasted transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our subsidiary with the exposure. Generally these contracts have a term of less than one year and are considered derivative instruments. The valuations of these derivatives are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as spot and forward rates, and are recorded as either assets or liabilities. We use a group of highly rated domestic and international banks in order to mitigate counterparty risk on our forward contracts.

71


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

11. Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)

        For contracts that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the unrealized gains or losses on the contracts are reported as a component of other comprehensive income ("OCI") and are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") into earnings on the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the hedged transaction affects earnings. We affect the sales line where the underlying exposure is a sales order and cost of sales line where the underlying exposure is a purchase order. As of December 31, 2011, $1.0 million of the unrealized loss on these contracts is expected to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months. For contracts that are not designated as hedges, the gains and losses on the contracts are recognized in current earnings as other (income) expense.

        Notional amounts of the derivative financial instruments not qualifying or designated as hedges were $47.6 million at December 31, 2011 and $19.9 million at December 31, 2010. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31 2010, the loss (gain) related to this type of derivative financial instruments were $1.9 million and ($1.4) million, respectively. The gains and losses were recorded in other expense (income) on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

        Derivative financial instruments qualifying and designated as hedges are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010  
 
  Notional
Amount
  Unrealized
Loss
  Notional
Amount
  Unrealized
Loss
 
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency forward contracts

  $ 48,802   $ 1,017   $ 2,161   $ 90  


12. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits as a result of normal operations and in the ordinary course of business. Management believes the outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

        Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters.

        Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liabilities for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to property we own and on adjacent areas.

        In particular, our Elmira, NY manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the "Site") encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, NY. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the Koppers Pond (the "Pond") portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and

72


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.

        A substantial portion of the Pond is located on our property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc., the Potentially Responsible Parties (the "PRPs") have agreed to voluntarily participate in the Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.

        In May 2008, the EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan. The PRPs commenced field work in the spring of 2008 and on September 7, 2011 submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA. The PRPs are continuing to address EPA comments and to perform the tasks required by the RI/FS Work Plan and Administrative Settlement Agreement.

        Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a PRP at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on our property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and found no evidence that our operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. We have not established a reserve for any potential costs relating to this Site, as it is too early in the process to determine our responsibility as well as to estimate any potential costs to remediate. We have notified all appropriate insurance carriers and are actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.

        Although we believe, based upon information currently available that, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

        We lease space for some of our manufacturing, sales and service operations with lease terms up to 10 years and use certain office equipment and automobiles under lease agreements expiring at various dates. Rent expense under these leases totaled $2.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

73


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        At December 31, 2011, future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases for are as follows:

Year
  Amounts  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2012

  $ 1,576  

2013

    1,115  

2014

    829  

2015

    577  

2016

    544  

Thereafter

    1,446  
       

Total

  $ 6,087  
       

        The Company has entered into written employment contracts with its executive officers. The currently effective term of the employment agreements is one year and the agreements contain an automatic, successive one-year extension unless either party provides the other with 60 days prior notice of termination. In the case of a change in control, as defined in the employment contracts, the term of each officer's employment will be automatically extended for a period of two years following the date of the change in control. These employment contracts also provide for severance payments in the event of specified termination of employment, the amount of which is increased upon certain termination events to the extent such events occur within a twelve month period following a change in control.


13. Shareholders' Equity

Common Shares Outstanding

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company has 20,000,000 common shares of stock authorized and 12,472,992 shares issued. On December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had 11,659,012, 11,607,289 and 11,533,752 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively.

Treasury Shares

        The number of shares of common stock in treasury was as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Balance at beginning of period

    865,703     939,240     1,003,828  

Shares distributed/exercised

    (72,171 )   (77,037 )   (78,685 )

Shares purchased

    15,448         2,497  

Shares forfeited

    5,000     3,500     11,600  
               

Balance at end of period

    813,980     865,703     939,240  
               

74


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

13. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

Share Purchase Rights Plan

        In February 2010, the Company adopted a one-year Shareholders Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of common stock. The Rights are designed to ensure that all our stockholders receive fair and equal treatment in the case of a takeover bid and to enable our stockholders to realize the full long-term value of their investment. No Rights were exercised under the Shareholder Rights Plan, which expired on March 1, 2011.


14. Earnings Per Share

        We calculate earnings per share using the two class method. Details of the calculations of earnings (loss) per share are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands except
per share data)

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share calculation:

                   

Net earnings (loss)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 )

Earnings allocated to participating securities

    (162 )   (4 )   (4 )
               

Net earnings (loss) applicable to common shareholders

  $ 11,824   $ (5,238 ) $ (33,313 )
               

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    11,463     11,409     11,372  
               

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.03   $ (0.46 ) $ (2.93 )
               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation:

                   

Net earnings (loss)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 )

Earnings allocated to participating securities

    (162 )   (4 )   (4 )
               

Net earnings (loss) applicable to common shareholders

  $ 11,824   $ (5,238 ) $ (33,313 )
               

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    11,463     11,409     11,372  

Assumed exercise of stock options

    25          

Assumed satisfaction of restricted stock conditions

    1          

Assumed satisfaction of performance share conditions

    59          
               

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

    11,548     11,409     11,372  
               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 1.02   $ (0.46 ) $ (2.93 )
               

        161,299, 150,262 and 54,933 shares of certain stock-based awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as they were anti-dilutive.

75


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011


15. Stock Based Compensation

        On May 3, 2011, our shareholders approved the 2011 Incentive Stock Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan's purpose is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders by attracting, retaining, and motivating officers and other key employees who make important contributions to the success of the Company. The Plan reserves 750,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the "Authorized Plan Amount") to be issued for grants of several different types of incentives including incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock incentives, and performance share incentives. Any shares of Common Stock granted under options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against the Authorized Plan Amount on a one-for-one basis and any shares of Common Stock granted as awards other than options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against the Authorized Plan Amount as two (2) shares of Common Stock for every one (1) share of Common Stock subject to such award. Authorized and issued shares of Common Stock or previously issued shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company for purposes of the Plan may be issued under the Plan.

        Our 2002 Incentive Stock Plan authorized various long-term incentives (the "2002 Plan"). Subsequent to May 3, 2011, no grants have or will be made under the 2002 Plan. However, all outstanding awards and grants under the 2002 Plan will remain in effect until the end of the corresponding terms of such awards and grants.

        All of our stock-based compensation to employees is recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in our statement of operations based on the fair value at the grant date of the award. Non-cash stock-based compensation cost was $0.8 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in the depreciation and amortization amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

        Restricted stock/unit awards, performance share incentives and stock options are the only award types currently outstanding. Restricted stock/unit awards and performance share incentives are discussed below. Stock option activity is not significant.

    Restricted Stock/Unit Awards

        We award restricted stock/units (the "RSA") to employees. RSAs vest at the end of the service period and are subject to forfeiture as well as transfer restrictions. During the vesting period, the RSAs are held by the Company and the recipients are entitled to exercise rights pertaining to such shares, including the right to vote such shares. Recipients of RSAs awarded under the 2002 Plan have non-forfeitable rights to receive cash dividends as any other common stock holders.

        The RSAs are valued based on the closing market price of our common stock on the date of the grant. The total deferred compensation associated with the RSAs awarded in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The deferred compensation is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the specified service period, which ranges from three to six years. Total compensation expense related to RSAs was $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

76


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

15. Stock Based Compensation (Continued)

        All outstanding RSAs are unvested. A summary of the RSA activity is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Outstanding at beginning of period

    247,840     184,500     179,483  

Awarded

    63,800     70,340     37,500  

Vested

    (42,000 )   (3,500 )   (20,883 )

Cancelled or forfeited

    (5,000 )   (3,500 )   (11,600 )
               

Outstanding at end of period

    264,640     247,840     184,500  
               

Unamortized deferred compensation cost (in millions)

  $ 0.9   $ 0.8   $ 1.0  

    Performance Share Incentives

        We award performance share incentives ("PSI") to employees. PSIs are expressed as shares of the Company's common stock. They are earned only if the Company meets specific performance targets over the specified performance period. During this period, PSI recipients have no voting rights. When we declare dividends, such dividends are deemed to be paid to the recipients. We withhold and accumulate the deemed dividends until such point that the PSIs are earned. If the PSIs are not earned, the accrued dividends are forfeited. The payment of PSIs can be in cash, or in the Company's common stock, or a combination of the two, at the discretion of the Company.

        The PSIs are valued based on the closing market price of our common stock on the date of the grant. In 2011, we granted 54,000 PSIs with a total deferred compensation of $0.7 million. We did not grant any such PSIs in 2010 and 2009. The deferred compensation is being recognized into earnings based on the passage of time and achievement of performance targets. All outstanding PSIs are unvested. Total compensation expense related to PSI in 2011 was $0.2 million.

77


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011


16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,986   $ (5,234 ) $ (33,309 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment(1)

    (1,475 )   10,507     5,377  

Retirement plans related adjustment(2)

    (21,223 )   (9,331 )   21,018  

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges(3)

    (414 )   (90 )    
               

Other comprehensive loss (income)

    (23,112 )   1,086     26,395  
               

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (11,126 ) $ (4,148 ) $ (6,914 )
               

(1)
Tax effects on foreign currency translation adjustments, in thousands, were ($39), ($398) and $0 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(2)
Tax effects on retirement plans related adjustments, in thousands, were $527, $1,366 and ($3,299) in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(3)
Tax effects on unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, in thousands, were $119, $0 and $0 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Balances of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of accumulated tax effect, are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  $ 32,340   $ 33,815  

Retirement plans related adjustments

    (53,969 )   (32,746 )

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges

    (504 )   (90 )
           

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  $ (22,133 ) $ 979  
           


17. Acquisition of the Assets of Jones & Shipman

        On April 7, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of Jones and Shipman Precision Limited, a UK based manufacturer of grinding and super-abrasive machines and machining systems, for GBP 2.0 million ($3.2 million equivalent) from Precision Technologies Group Limited. In conjunction with this asset acquisition, we established Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited, a new UK based wholly-owned subsidiary. The results of operations of this acquisition have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. We expensed acquisition related costs of $0.3 million during 2010 and recorded it in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The acquisition provided us with valuable product lines, as well as the addition of the strong Jones & Shipman brand name to our grinding portfolio.

78


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

17. Acquisition of the Assets of Jones & Shipman (Continued)

        The acquisition agreement contains provisions for a contingent purchase price payment based on sales through March 31, 2014. The contingent purchase price payment is 5.42% of sales in excess of GBP 36.4 million ($58.4 million equivalent), with a maximum payment of GBP 0.3 million ($0.5 million equivalent). Based on the Company's forecasted revenue over this period, the fair value of this contingent purchase price was GBP 0.3 ($0.5 million equivalent) and GBP 0.2 (approximately $0.3 million) as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. This contingent liability is recorded in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of December 31, 2010:

 
  December 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets Acquired

       

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 2,778  

Inventory

    3,712  

Property, plant and equipment

    452  

Other assets

    399  

Tradename and other intangible assets

    346  
       

Total assets acquired

  $ 7,687  
       

Liabilities Assumed

       

Account payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

    4,026  
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 3,661  
       

        The assets acquired and liabilities assumed were measured at fair value. At the time of the acquisition, inventory was valued based on one of the following methods: for acquired finished products, the value was based on the expected sales price less an allowance for direct selling costs and profits thereon; for acquired work-in-process, the value was based on the expected sales price less an allowance for costs to complete the manufacturing process, direct selling costs and profits thereon; and for acquired raw materials, the value was based on the market price. Acquired property, plant and equipment were valued based upon our estimate of replacement cost less an allowance for age and condition at the time of acquisition. The weighted average life of the intangible assets acquired was estimated at 6.6 years at the time of acquisition. Other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities were expected to be settled at face value, and, therefore their respective face value was assumed to approximate fair value. The fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the purchase price; accordingly, a gain of GBP 0.4 million (approximately $0.6 million) was recorded in 2010 within other expense (income) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

79


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011


18. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

        Summarized quarterly financial information for 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 
  Quarter  
 
  First   Second   Third   Fourth  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

2011

                         

Sales

  $ 73,482   $ 86,656   $ 90,389   $ 91,046  

Gross profit

    19,076     23,303     25,549     23,100  

Income from operations

    2,251     4,375     6,327     3,644  

Net income

    1,381     3,113     4,250     3,242  

Basic earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,450     11,467     11,467     11,467  

Earnings per share

  $ 0.12   $ 0.27   $ 0.37   $ 0.28  

Diluted earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,476     11,495     11,533     11,552  

Earnings per share

  $ 0.12   $ 0.27   $ 0.36   $ 0.28  

 

 
  Quarter  
 
  First   Second   Third   Fourth  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

2010

                         

Sales

  $ 43,170   $ 59,899   $ 71,931   $ 82,007  

Gross profit

    8,940     14,671     17,937     19,742  

(Loss) income from operations

    (5,257 )   (701 )   (39 )   3,267  

Net (loss) income

    (5,186 )   (774 )   (1,198 )   1,924  

Basic (loss) earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,408     11,409     11,409     11,409  

(Loss) earnings per share

  $ (0.45 ) $ (0.07 ) $ (0.11 ) $ 0.17  

Diluted (loss) earnings per share:

                         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    11,408     11,409     11,409     11,586  

(Loss) earnings per share

  $ (0.45 ) $ (0.07 ) $ (0.11 ) $ 0.17  

        Due to the changes in outstanding shares from quarter to quarter, the total earnings (loss) per share of the four quarters may not necessarily equal the earnings per share for the year.


19. New Accounting Standards

        In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued authoritative guidance on the accounting for sales arrangements that include multiple products or services. This pronouncement revises the criteria for when deliverables may be accounted for separately rather than as a combined unit. Specifically, this pronouncement establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is necessary to separately account for each product or service. This hierarchy provides more options for establishing selling price than existing guidance. We adopted this pronouncement on January 1, 2011. The adoption of this standard did not have material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

80


Table of Contents


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2011

19. New Accounting Standards (Continued)

        In May 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. This pronouncement changes certain fair value measurement guidance and expands certain disclosure requirements. This pronouncement will be effective for our fiscal year that begins January 1, 2012 and is to be applied prospectively. We do not expect that adoption of this pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In June 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that requires companies to present items of net income, items of other comprehensive income and total comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholder's equity. The pronouncement will be effective for our fiscal year that begins January 1, 2012 and is to be applied retrospectively. Except for presentation requirement, we do not expect that adoption of this pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to defer the changes related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This is to allow the FASB time to consider whether such adjustments should be presented on the face of the financial statements for all periods presented. This pronouncement will be effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2012 and is to be applied retrospectively. We do not expect that adoption of this pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the presentation of netting assets and liabilities as a single amount in the balance sheet. This pronouncement amends and expands current disclosure requirements on offsetting and requires companies to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements. This pronouncement is effective for our fiscal year that begins January 1, 2013 and is to be applied retrospectively. We do not expect that adoption of this pronouncement will have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

81


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.—CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None

ITEM 9A.—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)
Management's Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Management of the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness as of December 31, 2011 of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        Based upon this evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        The management of Hardinge Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, management has concluded that it maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

        Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

Changes in Internal Control

        There have been no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
   

/s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

82


Table of Contents

(b)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Rochester, New York
March 14, 2012

83


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.—DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        Certain information required by this item such as: the identity of the Board of Directors and, those directors determined by the Board to be independent; the members of the Audit Committee, all of whom have been determined by the Board to be independent; the Audit Committee member determined by the Board to be the financial expert; and the Shareholders Nominating Procedures are all incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 31, 2012. Additional information required to be furnished by Item 401 of Regulation S-K is as follows:

List of Executive Officers of the Registrant
Name
  Age   Executive
Officer
Since
  Positions and Offices Held

Richard L. Simons

    56     2008   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since February 2012; President and Chief Executive Officer May 2008 - January 2012; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer March 2008 - May 2008; Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Carpenter Technology Corporation, July 2005 - February 2008; Executive Vice President of Hardinge Inc., April 2000 - July 2005. Member of the Board of Directors of Hardinge from 2001 - July 2005 and from May 2008 to present. Various other Company positions, 1983 - 2000.

Edward J. Gaio

   
58
   
2008
 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2008; Controller and Chief Accounting Officer, September 2006 - February 2008; Vice President, Finance of Agilysys, Inc., 2005 - July 2006; Vice President and Controller of Agilysys, Inc., 1999 - 2005.
        

James P. Langa

    53     2009   Senior Vice President—Asia Operations since May 2011; Vice President—Global Engineering, Quality and Strategic Sourcing September 2008 - April 2011; Vice President/General Manager—North American Operations January, 2008 - September 2008; Vice President/General Manager North American Machine Operations, June 2007 - January 2008; Director, Original Equipment Sales & Marketing for Wellman Products Group (Division of Hawk Corporation) 2006-2007 and Focus Factory Manager for Wellman Products Group, 2005-2006.

Douglas C. Tifft

   
57
   
1988
 

Senior Vice President—Administration since April 2000; Vice President—Administration 1998 - 1999; Vice President—Employee Relations since 1988. Various other Company positions 1978 - 1988.

84


Table of Contents

CODE OF ETHICS

        Our Board of Directors adopted the Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and the Senior Financial Officers and the Code of Conduct for Directors and Executive Officers which supplement the Code of Conduct governing all employees and directors. In February 2011, our Board of Directors adopted an amended and restated version of the Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers. A copy of all said Codes is available on our website at www.hardinge.com. We will also provide a copy of the said Codes to shareholders upon request. We will disclose future amendments to, or waivers from, the said Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers s on our website within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

ITEM 11.—EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 31, 2012.

ITEM 12.—SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 31, 2012.

ITEM 13.—CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 31, 2012.

ITEM 14.—PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 31, 2012.

85


Table of Contents


PART IV.

ITEM 15.—EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)

  (1)   Financial Statements:     The financial statements of the Registrant listed in ITEM 8. of this Report are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(2)

 

Financial Statement Schedules:     The financial statement schedules of the Registrant listed in ITEM 8. of Form 10-K as filed on March 14, 2011 are incorporated herein by reference. The financial statement schedule required by Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210) is filed as part of this report:

     

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     

All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information is provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements, including notes thereto.

 

(3)

 

Exhibits:     Exhibits filed as part of this Report: See (b)  below.

(b)

     

Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K filed as a part of this Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by reference as indicated.

 

Item   Description
  3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hardinge Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York on May 24, 1995, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
        
  3.2   Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hardinge Inc. Company, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2010.
        
  3.3   By-Laws of Hardinge Inc.
        
  4.1   Specimen of certificate for shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of Hardinge Inc., incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 1995.
        
  10.1   $3,000,000 Line of Credit between Hardinge Inc. and Chemung Canal Trust Company, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2009.
        
  10.2   Credit Agreement dated December 16, 2011 between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank, incorporate by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2011.
        
  10.3   Replacement Daily Adjusting LIBOR Revolving Line Note dated December16, 2011 in the principal amount of $25,000,000 by Hardinge Inc. to M&T Bank, incorporate by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2011.
        
  10.4   General Security Agreement dated December 16, 2011 by Hardinge Inc. in favor of M&T Bank.
        
  10.5   Restated Pledge of Securities dated December 16, 2011 between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank.
        
  10.6   Negative Pledge Agreement dated December 16, 2011 by Hardinge Inc. and Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc. in favor of M&T Bank.

86


Table of Contents

Item   Description
  10.7   Post Closing Agreement dated December 16, 2011 by and among Hardinge Inc., Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc., and M&T Bank.
        
  10.8   Credit Agreement dated August 20, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 7,500,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2009.
        
  10.9   Amendment Number One, dated December 10, 2009 to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 20, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 7,500,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2009.
        
  10.10   Amendment Number Two, dated August 31, 2010 to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 20, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 7,500,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2010.
        
  10.11   Credit Agreement dated June 17, 2010 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse in the amount of CHF 6,000,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.
        
  10.12   Amendment Number One, dated August 31, 2010 to the Credit Agreement dated June 17, 2010 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2010.
        
  10.13   Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and UBS AG in the amount of CHF 7,000,000, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2009.
        
  10.14   Supplemental One dated August 10, 2010 to the Master Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2009 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and UBS AG, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2010.
        
  10.15   Credit Agreement dated December 20, 2011 between Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse AG in the amount of CHF 3,000,000.
        
  10.16   Credit Agreement dated July 26, 2011 between Hardinge Machine Tools B. V., Taiwan Branch and Mega International Commercial Bank Co, Ltd. in the amount of $12,000,000. incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.
        
  10.17   Loan Agreement dated August 31, 2011 between Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd. and China Construction Bank in the amount of CNY 25,000,000 incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.
        
  10.18   Hardinge Inc. Savings Plan, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-65049).
        
  10.19 * The 2002 Hardinge Inc. Incentive Stock Plan., incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
   

87


Table of Contents

Item   Description
  10.20 * The 2011 Hardinge Inc. Incentive Stock Plan, incorporate by reference from the Registrant's Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 21, 2011.
        
  10.21 * Hardinge Inc. Amended Cash Incentive Plan incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
        
  10.22 * Employment Agreement with Richard L. Simons dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
        
  10.23 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with Richard L. Simons dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.24 * Employment Agreement with Edward J. Gaio dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
        
  10.25 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with Edward J. Gaio dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.26 * Employment Agreement with James P. Langa dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
        
  10.27 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with James P. Langa dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.28 * Employment Agreement with Douglas C. Tifft dated as of March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2011.
        
  10.29 * Amendment Number One dated February 14, 2012 to the Employment Agreement with Douglas C. Tifft dated March 7, 2011, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 17, 2011.
        
  10.30 * Separation and Consulting Agreement with J. Patrick Ervin dated May 22, 2008, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 29, 2008.
        
  10.31 * Hardinge Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Pension Plan effective August 9, 2005.
        
  10.32 * Form of Deferred Directors Fee Plan, incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2 (No. 33-91644).
        
  14   The Hardinge Inc. Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference from the Company's website at www.hardinge.com.
        
  21   Subsidiaries of the Company.

88


Table of Contents

Item   Description
  23   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
        
  31.1   Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
        
  31.2   Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
        
  32   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
        
  101   XBRL Documents:
        
  101.INS ** XBRL Instance Document
        
  101.SCH ** XBRL Taxonomy Schema Document
        
  101.CAL ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
        
  101.LAB ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
        
  101.PRE ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
        
  101.DEF ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**
In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

89


Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

ITEM 15(a) Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
   
  Additions Charged to:    
   
 
 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
  Costs &
Expenses
  Other
Accounts
  Deductions   Balance at
End of
Period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year ended December 31, 2011:

                               

Allowance for bad debts

  $ 3,957   $ 364   $ 64 (1) $ 1,635 (2) $ 2,750  

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    25,834     2,789     188 (1)   8,380     20,431  

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

    53,533     2,773     6,689         62,995  
                       

Total

  $ 83,324   $ 5,926   $ 6,941   $ 10,015   $ 86,176  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2010:

                               

Allowance for bad debts

  $ 4,864   $ 961   $ 196 (1) $ 2,064 (2) $ 3,957  

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    24,159     4,698     1,870 (1)   4,893     25,834  

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

    46,448     6,282     803         53,533  
                       

Total

  $ 75,471   $ 11,941   $ 2,869   $ 6,957   $ 83,324  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2009:

                               

Allowance for bad debts

  $ 3,677   $ 1,879   $ 130 (1) $ 822 (2) $ 4,864  

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

    17,215     10,829     536 (1)   4,421     24,159  

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

    38,001     11,254     (3,273 )   (466 )(3)   46,448  
                       

Total

  $ 58,893   $ 23,962   $ (2,607 ) $ 4,777   $ 75,471  
                       

(1)
Currency translation impact on balances recorded in foreign currencies.

(2)
Uncollectable accounts written off, net of recoveries.

(3)
See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

90


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    HARDINGE INC.
(Registrant)

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

March 14, 2012   /s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ DOUGLAS J. MALONE

Douglas J. Malone
Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ DANIEL J. BURKE

Daniel J. Burke
Director

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ DOUGLAS A. GREENLEE

Douglas A. Greenlee
Director

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ J. PHILIP HUNTER

J. Philip Hunter
Director and Secretary

91


Table of Contents

March 14, 2012   /s/ ROBERT J. LEPOFSKY

Robert J. Lepofsky
Director

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ JOHN J. PERROTTI

John J. Perrotti
Director

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ MITCHELL I. QUAIN

Mitchell I. Quain
Director

March 14, 2012

 

/s/ R. TONY TRIPENY

R. Tony Tripeny
Director

92




EXHIBIT 3.3

 

As Adopted 9/28/04

Last Amended 2/14/12

 

BY - LAWS

 

-of-

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices .

 

SECTION 1.                             Principal Office .

 

The principal office of the corporation shall be located in the County of Chemung and State of New York.

 

SECTION 2.                             Other Offices .

 

The corporation may also have such other offices, either within or without the State of New York, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Shareholders.

 

SECTION 1.                             Place of Meetings of Shareholders .

 

Meetings of shareholders may be held at such place, within or without the State of New York, as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.                             Annual Meeting of Shareholders .

 

A meeting of shareholders shall be held annually on such date and at such place and time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors for the election of directors and the transaction of other business.

 

SECTION 3.                             Special Meetings of Shareholders .

 

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board, or by the President.  Such call shall state the purpose or purposes

 



 

of the proposed meeting.  Business transacted at any special meeting shall be confined to the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 4.                             Fixing Record Date .

 

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action.  Such date shall be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given and for all other purposes shall be at the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board of Directors relating thereto is adopted.

 

SECTION 5.                             Notice of Meetings of Shareholders .

 

Written notice of every meeting of shareholders shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling the meeting.  Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  If, at any meeting, action is proposed to be taken which would, if taken, entitle shareholders fulfilling the statutory requirements to receive payment for their shares, the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect.  A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, with postage thereon prepaid, directed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the record of shareholders, or, if he shall have filed with the secretary of the corporation a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other address.

 

SECTION 6.                             Adjourned meetings .

 

When a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, and at the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting. However, if after the adjournment the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the

 

2



 

adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice.

 

SECTION 7.                             List of Shareholders at Meeting .

 

A list of shareholders as of the record date, certified by the secretary or by the transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting of shareholders upon the request thereat or prior thereto of any shareholder.  If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the inspectors of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such list of shareholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meetings, and all persons who appear from such list to be shareholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at such meeting.

 

SECTION 8.                             Quorum of Shareholders .

 

The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders for the transaction of any business.  When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.  Despite the absence of a quorum, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting.

 

SECTION 9.                             Proxies .

 

Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.  Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his attorney-in-fact.  No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it, except in those cases where an irrevocable proxy is provided by law.

 

SECTION 10.                      Inspectors at Shareholders’ Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors, in advance of any shareholders’ meeting, may appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If inspectors are not so appointed or the persons so appointed by the Board of Directors are unable to act at the shareholders’ meeting, then the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint inspectors.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.  The inspectors shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.  On request of the person presiding at the meeting or any shareholder entitled to vote thereat, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by

 

3



 

them.  A report or certificate made by them shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and of the vote as certified by them.

 

SECTION 11.                      Qualifications of Voters .

 

Every shareholder of record shall be entitled at every meeting of shareholders to one vote for every share standing in his name on the record of shareholders.

 

Neither treasury shares nor shares held by another domestic or foreign corporation of any type or kind, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held by the corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, committee, or other fiduciary, except a trustee, may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into his name.  Shares held by a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, only after the shares have been transferred into his name as trustee or into the name of his nominee.

 

Shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by him without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do is contained in an order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

 

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, or a nominee of the pledgee.

 

Shares standing in the name of another domestic or foreign corporation of any type or kind may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the By-Laws of such corporation may provide, or, in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.

 

SECTION 12.                      Vote of Shareholders .

 

At each meeting of shareholders, every shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to vote in person or by proxy duly appointed by an appropriate instrument, such as a writing, a telegram, a cablegram or other means of electronic transmission, in each case subscribed by or on behalf of such shareholder.  The vote for directors shall be by ballot.  In a vote by ballot each ballot shall state the number of shares voted and the name of the shareholder or proxy voting.  Directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Any other corporate action by vote of the shareholders shall, except as otherwise required by law, these By-Laws or the certificate of incorporation, be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

4



 

SECTION 13.                      Conduct of Shareholders’ Meetings .

 

The person presiding over the shareholders’ meeting may establish such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting as the presiding person may deem to be reasonably necessary or desirable for the orderly and expeditious conduct of the meeting.

 

SECTION 14.                      Shareholder Proposals .

 

No shareholder shall be entitled to submit a proposal to a meeting of shareholders unless at the time of submitting the proposal, the shareholder shall be a record or beneficial owner of at least 1% or $1,000 in market value of shares entitled to be voted at the meeting, and shall have held such shares for at least one year and shall continue to own such shares through the date on which the meeting is held.  A shareholder meeting the above requirements shall deliver to the secretary of the corporation not later than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the corporation’s proxy statement was mailed to shareholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting, the text of any proposal which he intends to propose at an annual meeting of shareholders and a notice of the intention of the shareholder to present such proposal at the meeting.  A proposal to be presented at any meeting of shareholders other than an annual meeting shall be delivered to the Secretary a reasonable time before the mailing of the corporation’s proxy material.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Directors .

 

SECTION 1.                             Board of Directors .

 

The business of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.                             Qualifications of Directors .

 

Each director shall be at least 18 years of age.

 

SECTION 3.                             Number of Directors .

 

The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be eight (8).  This number may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment of these By-Laws, provided, however, that the number may not be decreased to less than three (3).  No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

5



 

SECTION 4.                             Election and Term of Directors .

 

The directors shall be classified, with respect to the period for which they shall severally hold office, into three classes as nearly equal in the number as possible, each holding office for a period expiring at the third annual meeting of shareholders following the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation at which directors of such class have been elected.

 

SECTION 5.                             Nominations for Directors .

 

Nominations of candidates for election as directors of the corporation at any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  Nominations made by the Board of Directors shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the nominating and governance committee of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or by written consent of directors in lieu of a meeting, not later than sixty days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors.  The Secretary of the corporation shall request that each such proposed nominee provide the corporation with such information concerning himself as is required, under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement soliciting proxies for his election as a director.  Any shareholder who intends to make a nomination at any annual meeting of shareholders shall deliver to the Secretary of the corporation not later than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the corporation’s proxy statement was mailed to shareholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting, or if such nomination is to be made at a meeting of shareholders other than an annual meeting, a reasonable time before the mailing of the corporation’s proxy material, a notice setting forth (i) the name, age, business address and residence of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee, (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such nominee and (iv) such other information concerning each such nominee as would be required, under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominees. Such notice shall include a signed consent of such nominee to serve as a director of the corporation, if elected.  In the event that a person is validly designated as a nominee in accordance with the provisions of this section and shall thereafter become unable or unwilling to stand for election to the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors or the shareholder who proposed such nominee, as the case may be, may designate a substitute nominee.  If the Secretary of the meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, such nomination shall be void.

 

SECTION 6.                             Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies .

 

Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors for any reason may be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum exists.  A director elected to

 

6



 

fill a newly created directorship or a vacancy shall be elected to hold office until the next meeting of shareholders at which the election of directors is in the regular order of business, and until his successor has been elected and qualified.  Any newly created directorships or any decrease in the number of directors shall be apportioned among the classes of directors as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as possible.  When the number of directors is increased by the Board of Directors and any newly created directorships are filled by the Board of Directors, there shall be no classification of the additional directors until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

SECTION 7.                             Removal of Directors .

 

Any director, an entire class of directors or the entire board of directors may be removed from office, only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

SECTION 8.                             Quorum of Directors .

 

One-third (1/3) of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business or of any specified item of business.

 

SECTION 9.                             Action by the Board of Directors .

 

The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall, except as otherwise provided by law, these By-Laws or the certificate of incorporation, be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 10.                      Written Consent of Directors Without a Meeting .

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action.  The resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the Board or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

SECTION 11.                      Place and Time of Meetings of Board of Directors .

 

Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held at any place, within or without the State of New York and at any time, fixed by the Board of Directors or by the person or persons calling the meeting.  Such meetings may be held by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time.

 

7



 

SECTION 12.                      Notice of Meetings of the Board of Directors .

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if the time and place of such meetings are fixed by the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held upon notice to the directors and may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President, or any two directors.  The notice shall be given personally including by telephone or mail, telegram, cable or other public instrumentality.  If given personally or by telephone, such notice shall be given not less than 48 hours before the meeting to each director.  If given by mail, cable telegram or other public instrumentality, such notice shall be given not less than five (5) days before the date of the meeting, to each director.  Such notice shall be deemed given, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage thereon prepaid, or, if telegraphed, cabled or sent by other public instrumentality, when given to the telegraph company, cable company, or other public instrumentality, directed to the director at his business address, or, if he shall have filed with the secretary of the corporation a written request that notices to him be mailed or telegraphed, cabled or sent to some other address, then directed to him at such other address.  The notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 13.                      Reimbursement and Compensation of Directors .

 

The directors may be paid their expenses of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of the executive committee or other committees may be allowed similar reimbursement and compensation for their services as such.

 

SECTION 14.                      Executive Committee and Other Committees .

 

The Board of Directors by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, shall designate from among its members an executive committee, an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee and other committees, each consisting of two or more directors or such greater number of directors as may be required by the charter for such committee, applicable law or the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules (or other applicable stock exchange rules or listing standards).  Except as to matters listed below and except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the executive committee, during the interim between meetings of the board of directors, shall possess and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management and direction of the business and conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and shall have power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may be required.  Each other committee shall have and may exercise such powers as shall be conferred or authorized by the resolution appointing it.

 

8



 

No such committee shall have authority as to the following matters:

 

(1)          The submission to shareholders of any action that needs shareholders’ approval;

 

(2)          The filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or in any committee;

 

(3)          The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board of Directors or on any committee;

 

(4)          The amendment or repeal of the by-laws or the adoption of new by-laws;

 

(5)          The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board.  The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the size or membership of, and to discharge any such committee.

 

A majority of any such committee may determine its action and may fix the time and place of its meetings, unless provided otherwise by the Board of Directors.  Each such committee shall keep a written record of its acts and proceedings and shall submit such record to the Board of Directors at each regular meeting thereof and at such other times as requested by the Board of Directors.  Failure to submit such record, or failure of the Board to approve any action indicated therein will not, however, invalidate such action to the extent it has been carried out by the Corporation prior to the time the record of such action was, or should have been, submitted to the Board of Directors as herein provided.

 

SECTION 15.                      Chairman of the Board .

 

The Board of Directors, by resolution, may designate from among its members a Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board position shall not be an officer position.  Any member of the Board of Directors, whether or not such member is an officer of the Corporation, shall be eligible to serve as Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and will perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or these By-laws.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers .

 

SECTION 1.                             Officers .

 

The Board of Directors shall elect a President, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and

 

9



 

a Controller.  The Board of Directors may also at any time elect one or more Assistant Secretaries and/or Assistant Treasurers.  Any two or more offices may be combined and conferred upon one person except the offices of President and Secretary.

 

The Board of Directors shall appoint either the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (“the CEO”), who, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall direct and control all the business and affairs of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President as the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation (“the COO”) who shall be subject to the control of, and perform such duties as may be assigned by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President as the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation (“the CFO”) who shall be responsible for all the fiscal affairs of the Corporation and who shall be subject to the control of, and perform such duties as may be assigned by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.                             Election and Term of Office .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors at its first meeting held after the annual meeting of the shareholders.  In the event of the failure of the Board to elect such officers at such meeting or in the event of a vacancy then such election may be made at any subsequent regular or special meeting of the Board.  All officers shall serve under the direction of and at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.                             Powers and Duties of Officers .

 

(a)          President.  The President shall perform the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors in his absence or during his inability to act.  Any action taken by the President in the performance of the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be conclusive evidence of the absence or inability to act of the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the time such action was taken.  He shall also have such other and further powers and shall perform such other and further duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)          Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents.  Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the President or by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may designate any one or more of said Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents as the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Financial Officer.

 

(c)           Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the corporate funds and securities.  He shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of

 

10


 

Directors.  He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation in the manner ordered by the Board.  He shall upon request render an account of all his transactions as Treasurer to the Board of Directors.  He shall, at all reasonable hours, exhibit his books and accounts to any director upon application.  He or an Assistant Treasurer or such other officers, directors or agents as may be designated by the Board of Directors shall endorse checks, notes or drafts payable to the order of the corporation and sign and countersign checks, drafts, and orders for the payment or withdrawal of moneys or securities on deposit in the corporate accounts in such manner as the Board may direct.  He shall perform such other duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the President.

 

(d)          Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, and the shareholders, unless another person be appointed for that purpose by the shareholders, and also, unless another person be appointed for that purpose by the Executive Committee, the minutes of the Executive Committee, in books provided for that purpose.  He shall give or cause to be given all notices required by these by-laws or by resolution of the Board of Directors.  He shall have charge of the stock certificate books, stock transfer books and stock ledgers, all of which shall at all reasonable hours be open to the examination of any director; he shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation; and he shall in general perform all the duties usually incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.  The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall also certify all resolutions and proceedings of the shareholders, directors and Executive Committee.

 

(e)           Controller.  The Controller shall be responsible for and have active control of all matters pertaining to the accounts of the corporation.  He shall audit all payrolls and vouchers and shall direct the manner of certifying the same; shall supervise the manner of keeping all vouchers for payments and all other documents relating to such payments; shall receive and audit all operating and financial statements of the corporation and its subsidiaries; shall have the care, custody and supervision of the books of account of the corporation, their arrangement and classification and shall supervise the accounting and auditing practices of the corporation.  He shall, at all reasonable hours, exhibit his books and accounts to any director upon application.  He shall, upon request, render an account of the financial condition of the corporation to the Board of Directors.  He shall perform such other duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.

 

(f)            Assistant Officers.  The Assistant Secretary or Secretaries and the Assistant Treasurer or Treasurers shall perform the duties of the Secretary and of the Treasurer, respectively, in the absence of those officers and shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to them respectively by the Board of Directors.

 

(g)           Removal.  Regardless of whether such officer is also a director, any officer may be removed as an officer, either with or without cause, by a vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors at a special meeting of the Board called for that purpose, or by any committee of the Board upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

11



 

(h)          Bond.  Any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties, in such sum, when and as shall be required by the Board of Directors.

 

(i)              Compensation.  The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.

 

SECTION 4.

 

The Chairman of the Board, President, Secretary, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors, is hereby empowered to endorse or execute and deliver any instrument of transfer of any certificate for shares of stock, or bond, or other security owned by or standing in the name of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.                             Non-Officer Appointments.

 

The Chief Executive Officer may, from time to time for the convenience of the Corporation and in furtherance of its business interests, confer the title of Vice President or any variation thereof on an employee of the Corporation without the Board of Directors electing such employee an officer of the Corporation(a ‘Non-Officer Vice President”).  A Non-Officer Vice President shall not be an officer of the Corporation for any purpose including, but not limited to, for the purposes of these By-Laws, the New York Business Corporation Law and any employee benefit plan sponsored or offered by the Corporation.  Each appointment of a Non-Officer Vice President is revocable at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Contracts, Checks And Deposits .

 

SECTION 1.                             Contracts .

 

The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 2.                             Checks, Drafts, etc.

 

All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

12



 

SECTION 3.                             Deposits .

 

All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Certificates Representing Shares, Record
Of Shareholders, Transfers Of Shares
.

 

SECTION 1.                             Issuance of Shares .

 

No shares of any class of the corporation or any obligations or other securities convertible into or carrying options to purchase any such shares of the corporation, or any options or rights to purchase any such shares or securities of the corporation, shall be issued or sold unless such issuance or sale is approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.                             Certificates Representing Shares .

 

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates which shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.  All such certificates shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.  Such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice-President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and may, but need not, be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof.  The signature of such persons upon the certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent, or registered by a registrar other than the corporation itself or its employee.  In case any person who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate in his capacity as Chairman of the Board or an officer shall have ceased to serve in such capacity before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were serving in such capacity at the date of issue.  Each certificate shall state upon the face thereof; (1) that the corporation is formed under the laws of New York; (2) the name of the person or persons to whom issued; (3) the number and class of shares and the par value of each share represented by such certificate.

 

SECTION 3.                             Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation, alleged to have been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors, may, in its

 

13



 

discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken certificate or certificates, or his legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken.

 

SECTION 4.                             Record of Shareholders .

 

The corporation shall keep at its principal office, or at the office of its transfer agent in the State of New York, a record containing the names and addresses of all shareholders, the number and class of shares held by each and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof.  The corporation shall be protected in treating the persons in whose names shares stand on the record of shareholders as the owners thereof for all purposes.

 

SECTION 5.                             Transfer of Shares .

 

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, and cancel the old certificate.  Every such transfer of shares shall be entered on the record of shareholders of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the calendar year.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Dividends .

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its certificate of incorporation.

 

14



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Seal .

 

The seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and contain the name of the corporation, the year when it was formed, and the words “New York”.  The corporation may use the seal causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or reproduced in any other manner.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Waiver Of Notice .

 

SECTION 1.                             Waiver of Notice to Shareholders .

 

Notice of meeting need not be given to any shareholder who signed a waiver of notice, in person or by proxy, whether before or after the meeting.  The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him.

 

SECTION 2.                             Waiver of Notice to Director .

 

Notice of meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.  A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.                             Notice Dispensed with When Delivery Prohibited .

 

Whenever communication to any shareholder or any director is unlawful under any statute of the State of New York or of the United States or any regulation, proclamation or order issued under said statutes, the giving of any notice to such shareholder or such director shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply for license or other permission to so do.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Indemnification .

 

SECTION 1.                             Indemnification .

 

The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as amended from time to time, indemnify each person made, or threatened to be made, a party to any action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that such person, such person’s testator or intestate, is or was a director or

 

15



 

officer of the corporation, or, while a director or officer, serves or served, at the request of the corporation, any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and charges) incurred in connection with such threatened or pending Proceeding, or any appeal therein; provided that no such indemnification shall be made if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such person establishes that (i) his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (ii) he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled, and provided further that no such indemnification shall be required with respect to any settlement or other nonadjudicated disposition of any threatened or pending Proceeding unless the corporation has given its prior consent to such settlement or other disposition.

 

The corporation shall, from time to time, advance or promptly reimburse upon request any director or officer seeking indemnification hereunder the funds necessary for payment of expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and charges) reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened or pending Proceeding in advance of the final disposition thereof upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if such person is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification or, where indemnification is granted, to the extent the expenses so advanced or reimbursed exceed the amount to which such person is entitled.

 

Nothing herein shall limit or affect any right of any person otherwise than hereunder to indemnification or to advancement of expenses (including attorneys’ fees, costs and charges) under any statute, rule, regulation, certificate of incorporation, by-law, resolution of directors or shareholders, insurance policy, contract or otherwise.

 

The corporation is authorized to enter into agreements with any of its directors or officers to reflect or confirm the rights and benefits contained in this Article and to extend other additional rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses to any such person to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and to set forth procedures for any such person to obtain advancement of expenses and indemnification, but the existence of any such agreement or the failure to enter into any such agreement shall not adversely affect or limit the rights of any such person pursuant to this Article or otherwise.

 

For the purposes of this Article, the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan, and excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be considered indemnifiable expenses.

 

If a request to be indemnified or for the advancement of expenses pursuant to this Article is not paid in full by the corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses

 

16



 

may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses shall be entitled also to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim.  In any such judicial proceeding, the corporation shall have the burden of proving by the preponderance of the evidence that the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses is not entitled to indemnification or advances hereunder.  Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel or shareholders) to have made a determination that the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses is entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses in the circumstances nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel or shareholders) that the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses is not so entitled shall be a defense to an action or create a presumption that the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses is not so entitled.

 

Nothing in this Article shall restrict the power and the authority of the corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to, make indemnification agreements and arrangements with, or maintain insurance on behalf of, any employee or agent of the corporation or any person (whether or not a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation) who serves at the request of the corporation in any capacity with any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

If this Article or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article shall remain fully enforceable.

 

This Article shall be given retroactive effect and the full benefits hereof shall be available in respect of any alleged or actual occurrences, acts or failures to act prior to the date of the adoption of this Article.  The right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article shall be a contract right.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Employee Benefits .

 

The Board may from time to time make such provision for the establishment, funding, and carrying out of pension, profit sharing, share bonus, share purchase, share option, savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and provisions for any or all of its employees and officers, as in its discretion the Board may deem advisable and the Board may from time to time adopt and carry out any such plan or plans of providing such benefits or modify, discontinue or terminate any such plan as may then be in force.  If any such benefit plan entitles members of the Board to participate as employees of the corporation, every member of the Board shall be entitled to vote upon any matter relating to the adoption, administration, carrying out, modification, discontinuance or termination of any such plan.  The Board shall

 

17



 

have power to appropriate funds including cash, stock, and other property of the corporation to defray, in whole or in part, the cost of providing any such benefits which may be based upon services rendered by employees prior to the date of establishment or modification of such plan and upon services to be rendered thereafter prior to the retirement or other payment date provided therein and may obligate the corporation to make payments toward defraying any such expenses over a period of years, subject always to the power of the Board in its discretion to modify, discontinue and terminate any such benefit plan to the extent then permitted in existing tax or other laws.  The Board shall have full power in its discretion to provide for the administration of any such benefit plan and the investment and reinvestment of funds therein by an insurance company, trustees (who may be directors, officers or employees of the corporation), or other agency under such terms and conditions as the Board may deem advisable or to provide for the administration of such plan and the investment and reinvestment of the funds therein by the company.  The Board shall have full power in its discretion to delegate to such committees, individuals (who may be directors, officers or employees of the corporation) or independent consultants such part of the carrying out of any such plan as in its discretion it may deem advisable.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

Amendment And Repeal .

 

SECTION 1.                             Amendment and Repeal by the Shareholders .

 

These By-Laws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, provided that the notice of meeting states such purpose.

 

SECTION 2.                             Amendment and Repeal by the Board of Directors .

 

These By-Laws may also be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors.

 

18




EXHIBIT 10.4

 

 

GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

New York

 

Debtor (Name):  Hardinge Inc.

(Organizational Structure):  Corporation

(State Law organized under):  New York

(Organizational Identification Number, if any; note that this is NOT a request for the Taxpayer Identification Number):

(Address of residence/chief executive office):  One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York  14902

 

Bank/Secured Party:  M&T Bank , a New York banking corporation with its banking offices at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203 Attention: Office of General Counsel.

 

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Debtor agrees with Secured Party as follows:

 

1.                         Security Interests.

 

1.1                 Grant .  As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due of all of the Obligations, Debtor does hereby grant to Secured Party a continuing security interest (“Security Interest”) in all personal property and fixtures of Debtor, wherever located, whether now existing or owned or hereafter arising or acquired, whether or not subject to the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be in effect in the State of New York, as amended from time to time (“UCC”), and whether or not affixed to any realty, including, without limitation, (i) all accounts, chattel paper, investment property, deposit accounts, documents, goods, equipment, farm products, general intangibles (including trademarks, service marks, trade names, patents, copyrights, licenses and franchises), instruments, inventory, money, letter of credit rights, causes of action (including tort claims) and other personal property (including agreements and instruments not constituting chattel paper or a document, general intangible or instrument); (ii) all additions to, accessions to, substitutions for, replacements of and supporting obligations of the foregoing; (iii) all proceeds and products of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds; and (iv) all business records and information relating to any of the foregoing and any software or other programs for accessing and manipulating such information (collectively, the “Collateral”).  Debtor acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing collateral description is intended to cover all assets of Debtor , other than real property assets Nothing herein shall be construed to be a grant of a security interest in more than sixty-five percent (65%) of Debtor’s equity interests in any foreign subsidiary.

 

1.2                 Obligations .  The term “Obligations” means any and all indebtedness or other obligations of Debtor to Secured Party in any capacity, now existing or hereafter incurred, however created or evidenced, regardless of kind, class or form, whether direct, indirect, absolute or contingent (including obligations pursuant to any guaranty, endorsement, other assurance of payment or otherwise), whether joint or several, whether from time to time reduced and thereafter increased, or entirely extinguished and thereafter reincurred, together with all extensions, renewals and replacements thereof, and all interest, fees, charges, costs or expenses which accrue on or in connection with the foregoing, including, without limitation, any indebtedness or obligations (i) not yet outstanding but contracted for, or with regard to which any other commitment by Secured Party exists; (ii) arising prior to, during or after any pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding; (iii) owed by Debtor to others and which Secured Party obtained, or may obtain, by assignment or otherwise; or (iv) payable under this Agreement.

 

2.                         Covenants.   Debtor covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                 Perfection of Security Interest .  Debtor shall execute and deliver to Secured Party such financing statements, control agreements or other documents, in form and content satisfactory to Secured Party, as Secured Party may from time to time request to perfect and continue the Security Interest.  Upon the request of Secured Party, Debtor shall deliver to Secured Party any and all instruments, chattel paper, negotiable documents or other documents evidencing or constituting any part of the Collateral properly endorsed or assigned, in a manner satisfactory to Secured Party.  Until such delivery, Debtor shall hold such portion of the Collateral in trust for Secured Party.  Debtor shall pay all expenses for the preparation, filing, searches and related costs in connection with the grant and perfection of the Security Interest.  Debtor authorizes (both prospectively and retroactively) Secured Party to file financing statements, and any continuations and amendments thereof, with respect to the Collateral without Debtor’s signature.  A photocopy or other reproduction of any financing statement or this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement for filing in any jurisdiction.

 

2.2                 Negative Pledge; Disposition of Collateral .  Debtor shall not grant or allow the imposition of any lien, security interest or encumbrance on, or assignment of, the Collateral unless consented to in writing by Secured Party.  Debtor shall not make or permit to be made any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Collateral; provided, however, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Debtor may in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practices and with prudent and standard practices used in the industry that is the same or similar to that in which Debtor is engaged: (i) 

 



 

dispose of any Collateral consisting of equipment that is obsolete or worn-out; (ii) sell or exchange any Collateral consisting of equipment in connection with the acquisition of other equipment that is at least as valuable as such equipment, that Debtor intends to use for substantially the same purposes as such equipment and that is not subject to any security interest or other lien or encumbrance; (iii) collect Collateral consisting of accounts or assign such Collateral for purposes of collection; or  (iv) sell or lease Collateral consisting of inventory.  A sale, lease or other transfer of such Collateral consisting of inventory in the ordinary course of Debtor’s business does not include a transfer in partial or complete satisfaction of any liability or obligation or any bulk sale.

 

2.3                 Condition of Collateral; Impermissible Use .  Debtor shall keep the Collateral consisting of goods in good condition and shall not commit or permit damage or destruction (other than ordinary wear and tear) to such Collateral.  Debtor shall not permit any Collateral consisting of goods (i) to be used in such a manner that would violate any insurance policy or warranty covering the Collateral or that would violate any applicable law of any governmental authority (including any environmental law) now or hereafter in effect; (ii) to become fixtures on any real property on which Secured Party does not have a first priority mortgage lien (unless Secured Party has been provided with an acceptable landlord/mortgagee waiver) or become an accession to any goods not included in the Collateral; or (iii) to be placed in any warehouse that may issue a negotiable document with regard to such Collateral.

 

2.4                 Modification to Collateral .  Debtor shall not, without Secured Party’s prior written consent, grant any extension on, compound, settle for less than the full amount of, release (in whole or in part), modify, cancel, or allow for any substitution, credit or adjustment on Collateral consisting of accounts, chattel paper, general intangibles, instruments, documents or investment property, except that in the absence of an Event of Default, Debtor may grant to account debtors, or other persons obligated with respect to the Collateral, extensions, credits, discounts, compromises or settlements in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practices and consistent with prudent and standard practices used in the industries that are the same or similar to those in which Debtor is engaged.

 

2.5                 Titled Goods .  Debtor shall cause all goods included in the Collateral to be properly titled and registered to the extent required by applicable law.  Upon the request of Secured Party, Debtor shall cause the interest of Secured Party to be properly indicated on any certificate of title relating to such goods and deliver to Secured Party each such certificate, and any additional evidence of ownership, certificates of origin or other documents evidencing any interest in such goods.

 

2.6                 Insurance .  Debtor shall, at its own expense and at all times, maintain effective insurance policies covering damage to persons and against fire, flood, theft and all other risks to which the Collateral may be subject, all in such amounts, with such deductibles and issued by such insurance company as shall be satisfactory to Secured Party.  Such insurance policies shall have all endorsements that Secured Party may require and shall further (i) name Secured Party, exclusively, as the additional insured on the casualty insurance and the lender’s loss payee and/or mortgagee on the hazard insurance; (ii) provide that Secured Party shall receive a minimum of thirty (30) days prior written notice of any amendment or cancellation; and (iii) insure Secured Party notwithstanding any act or neglect of Debtor or other owner of the property described in such insurance.  If Debtor fails to obtain the required insurance as provided herein, Secured Party may, but is not obligated, to obtain such insurance as Secured Party may deem appropriate, including, without limitation, if Secured Party so chooses, “single interest insurance” which will cover only Secured Party’s interest in the Collateral.  Debtor shall pay or reimburse to Secured Party the cost of such insurance.  Secured Party shall have the option, in its sole discretion, to hold insurance proceeds as part of the Collateral, apply any insurance proceeds toward the Obligations or allow the Debtor to apply the insurance proceeds towards repair or replacement of the item of Collateral in respect of which such proceeds were received.  Upon the request of Secured Party, Debtor shall from time to time deliver to Secured Party such insurance policies, or other evidence of such policies satisfactory to Secured Party, and such other related information Secured Party may request.

 

2.7                 Collateral Information .  Debtor shall provide all information, in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Party, that Secured Party shall from time to time request to (i) identify the nature, extent, value, age and location of any of the Collateral, or (ii) identify any account debtor or other party obligated with respect to any chattel paper, general intangible, instrument, investment property, document or deposit account included in the Collateral.

 

2.8                 Financial Information .  Debtor shall furnish to Secured Party financial statements in such form ( e.g. , audited, reviewed, compiled) and at such intervals as Secured Party shall request from time to time plus any additional financial information that Secured Party may request.  All such financial statements shall be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

2.9                 Taxes; Licenses; Compliance with Laws .  Before the end of any applicable grace period, Debtor shall pay each tax, assessment, fee and charge imposed by any governmental authority upon the Collateral, the ownership, disposition or use of any of the Collateral, this Agreement or any instrument evidencing any of the Obligations.  Debtor shall maintain in full force and effect each license, franchise or other authorization needed for any ownership, disposition or use of the Collateral and the conduct of its business, operations or affairs.  Debtor shall comply with all applicable law of any governmental authority (including any environmental law), now or hereafter in effect, applicable to the ownership, disposition or use of the Collateral or the conduct of its business, operations or affairs.

 

2.10          Records; Legend .  Debtor shall maintain accurate and complete books and records relating to the Collateral in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  At Secured Party’s request, Debtor will legend, in form and manner satisfactory to Secured Party, its books and records to indicate the Security Interest.

 

2.11          Additional Collateral Intentionally Omitted.

 



 

2.12          Notifications of Change .  Immediately upon acquiring knowledge or reason to know of any of the following, Debtor shall notify Secured Party of the occurrence or existence of (i) any Event of Default; (ii) any event or condition that, after notice, lapse of time or after both notice and lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default; (iii) any account or general intangible that arises out of a contract with any governmental authority (including the United States); (iv) any event or condition that has or (so far as can be foreseen) will or might have any material adverse effect on the Collateral (including a material loss, destruction or theft of, or of any damage to, the Collateral, material decline in value of the Collateral or a material default by an account debtor or other party’s performance of obligations with respect to the Collateral), on Debtor or its business, operations, affairs or condition (financial or otherwise).

 

2.13          Lien Law .  If any account or general intangible included in the Collateral represents money owing pursuant to any contract for the improvement of real property or for a public improvement for purposes of the Lien Law of the State of New York (the “Lien Law”), Debtor shall (i) give Secured Party notice of such fact; (ii) receive and hold any money advanced by Secured Party with respect to such account or general intangible as a trust fund to be first applied to the payment of trust claims as such term and/or concept is defined in the Lien Law (in Section 71 thereof, or otherwise); and (iii) until such trust claim is paid, not use or permit the use of any such money for any purpose other than the payment of such trust claims.

 

2.14          Protection of Collateral; Further Assurances .  Debtor shall, at its own cost, faithfully preserve, defend and protect the Security Interest as a prior perfected security interest in the Collateral under the UCC and other applicable law, superior and prior to the rights of all third parties (other than those permitted pursuant to Section 3.1) and shall defend the Collateral against all setoffs, claims, counterclaims, demands and defenses.  At the request of Secured Party, Debtor shall do, obtain, make, execute and deliver all such additional and further acts, things, deeds, assurances and instruments as Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable from time to time in order to attach, continue, preserve, perfect or protect the Security Interest and Secured Party’s rights hereunder including obtaining waivers (in form and content acceptable to Secured Party) from landlords, warehousemen and mortgagees.  Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party, its officers, employees and agents, or any of them, as attorneys-in-fact for Debtor with full power and authority in the place and stead of Debtor and in the name of Debtor or its own name from time to time in Secured Party’s discretion, to perform all acts which Secured Party deems appropriate to attach, continue, preserve or perfect and continue the Security Interest, including signing for Debtor (to the extent such signature may be required by applicable law) UCC-1 financing statements, UCC-3 amendment or other instruments and documents to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.  This power of attorney, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable and shall not be affected by the subsequent disability or incompetence of Debtor.

 

3.                         Representations and Warranties.   Debtor represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1                 Title .  Debtor holds good and marketable title to the Collateral free and clear from any security interest or other lien or encumbrance of any party, other than the Security Interest or such liens, security interests or other liens or encumbrances specifically permitted by Secured Party and set forth on Exhibit A hereto (“Permitted Liens”).  Debtor has not made any prior sale, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or other disposition of any of the Collateral except for the Permitted Liens.

 

3.2                 Authority .  If Debtor is a business entity, it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the above-named state of organization.  Debtor has the full power and authority to grant the Security Interest and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with this Agreement.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not (i) violate any applicable law of any governmental authority or any judgment or order of any court, other governmental authority or arbitrator; (ii) violate any agreement governing Debtor or to which Debtor is a party; or (iii) result in a security interest or other lien or encumbrance on any of Debtor’s assets, except in favor of Secured Party.  Debtor’s certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents do not prohibit any term or condition of this Agreement.  Each authorization, approval or consent from, each registration and filing with, each declaration and notice to, and each other act by or relating to, any party required as a condition of Debtor’s execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement (including any shareholder or board of directors or similar approvals) has been duly obtained and is in full force and effect.  Debtor has the power and authority to transact the business in which it is engaged and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or ownership of property requires such licensing or such qualifications.

 

3.3                 Judgments and Litigation .  There is no pending or threatened claim, audit, investigation, action or other legal proceeding or judgment or order of any court, agency or other governmental authority or arbitrator which involves Debtor or the Collateral and which might have a material adverse effect upon the Collateral, the Debtor, its business, operations, affairs or condition (financial or otherwise), or threaten the validity of this Agreement or any related document or action.  Debtor will immediately notify Secured Party upon acquiring knowledge of the foregoing.

 

3.4                 Enforceability of Collateral .  Instruments, chattel paper, accounts or documents which constitute any part of the Collateral are genuine and enforceable in accordance with their terms, comply with the applicable law of any governmental authority concerning form, content, manner of preparation and execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract and are in fact obligated as they appear to be on such Collateral.  There are no restrictions on any assignment or other transfer or grant of the Security Interest by Debtor.  Each sum represented by Debtor from time to time as owing on accounts, instruments, deposit accounts, chattel paper and general intangibles constituting any part of the Collateral by account debtors and other parties with respect to such Collateral is the sum actually and unconditionally owing by account debtors and other parties with respect thereto at such time, except for applicable normal cash discounts.  None of the Collateral is subject to any defense, set-off, claim or counterclaim of a material nature against Debtor except as to which Debtor has notified Secured Party in writing.

 

3.5                 Location of Chief Executive Office, Records, Collateral .  The locations of the following are listed on page one of this Agreement or, if different or additional, on Exhibit A hereto:  (i) Debtor’s residence, principal place of business and chief executive office; (ii) the office in which Debtor

 



 

maintains its books or records relating to the Collateral; (iii) the facility (including any storage facility) at which now owned or subsequently acquired inventory, equipment and fixtures constituting any part of the Collateral shall be kept; and (iv) the real property on which any crop included in the Collateral is growing or is to be grown, or on which any timber constituting any part of the Collateral is or is to be standing.  Debtor will not effect or permit any change in any of the foregoing locations (or remove or permit the removal of the records or Collateral therefrom, except for mobile equipment included in the Collateral which may be moved to another location for not more than thirty (30) days) without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Secured Party and all actions deemed necessary by Secured Party to maintain the Security Interest intended to be granted hereby at all times fully perfected and in full force and effect have been taken.  All of the locations listed on page one or Exhibit A are owned by Debtor, of if not, by the party(ies) identified on Exhibit A.

 

3.6                 Structure; Name .  Debtor’s organizational structure, state of registration and organizational identification number (if any) are stated accurately on page one of this Agreement, and its full legal name and any trade name used to identify it are stated accurately on page one of this Agreement, or if different or additional are listed on Exhibit A hereto. Debtor will not change its name, or its identity, its organizational structure, state of registration or organizational identification number without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Secured Party.  All actions deemed necessary by Secured Party to maintain the Security Interest intended to be granted hereby at all times fully perfected and in full force and effect have been taken.

 

4.                         Performance and Expenditures by Secured Party.   If Debtor fails to perform or comply with any of the terms hereof, Secured Party, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such terms including the payment or discharge of all taxes, fees, security interest or other liens, encumbrances or claims, at any time levied or placed on the Collateral.  An election to make expenditures or to take action or perform an obligation of Debtor under this Agreement, after Debtor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Secured Party’s right to declare an Event of Default and to exercise its remedies.  Nor shall the provisions of this Section relieve Debtor of any of its obligations hereunder with respect to the Collateral or impose any obligation on Secured Party to proceed in any particular manner with respect to the Collateral.

 

5.                         Duty of Secured Party.   Secured Party’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession shall be to deal with it in the same manner as Secured Party deals with similar property for its own account.  Neither Secured Party nor its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral upon the request of Debtor or any other person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral.  The powers conferred on Secured Party hereunder are solely to protect Secured Party’s interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Party to exercise any such powers.  Secured Party shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of its powers under this Agreement, and neither it nor its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Debtor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

6.                         Certain Rights and Remedies.

 

6.1                 Inspection; Verification .  Secured Party, and such persons as it may designate, shall have the right from time to time to (i) audit and inspect (a) the Collateral, (b) all books and records related thereto (and make extracts and copies from such records), and (c) the premises upon which any of the Collateral or books and records may be located; (ii) discuss Debtor’s business, operations, affairs or condition (financial or otherwise) with its officers, accountants; and (iii) verify the validity, amount, quality, quantity, value, condition and status of, or any other matter relating to the Collateral in any manner and through any medium Secured Party may consider appropriate (including contacting account debtors or third party possessing the Collateral for purpose of making such verification).  Debtor shall furnish all assistance and information and perform any acts Secured Party may require regarding thereto.  Debtor shall bear the cost and expense of any such inspection and verification.

 

6.2                 Notification of Security Interest After, and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Secured Party may notify any or all account debtors and other person obligated with respect to the Collateral of the Security Interest therein.

 

6.3                 Application of Proceeds .  Secured Party may apply the proceeds from the sale, lease or other disposition or realization upon the Collateral to the Obligations in such order and manner and at such time as Secured Party shall, in its sole discretion, determine.  Debtor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale, lease or other disposition or realization upon the Collateral are insufficient to pay the Obligations.  Any proceeds received by Debtor from the Collateral after an Event of Default shall (i) be held by Debtor in trust for Secured Party in the same medium in which received; (ii) not be commingled with any assets of Debtor; and (iii) be delivered to Secured Party in the form received, properly indorsed to permit collection.  After an Event of Default, Debtor shall promptly notify Secured Party of the return to or repossession by Debtor of goods constituting part of the Collateral, and Debtor shall hold the same in trust for Secured Party and shall dispose of the same as Secured Party directs.

 

6.4                 Income and Proceeds of Instruments and Investment Property .  Until the occurrence of an Event of Default, Debtor reserves the right to request to receive all cash income or cash distribution (whether in cash or evidenced by check) payable on account of any instrument or investment property constituting part of the Collateral (collectively, “Cash Distribution”).  Until actually paid, all rights in the foregoing shall remain subject to the Security Interest.  Any other income, dividend, distribution, increase in or profits (including any stock issued as a result of any stock split or dividend, any capital distributions and the like) on account of any instrument or investment property constituting part of the Collateral and, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, all Cash Distributions, shall be delivered to Secured Party immediately upon receipt, in the exact form received and without commingling with other property which may be received by, paid or delivered to Debtor or for Debtor’s account, whether as an addition to, in discharge of, in substitution of, or in exchange of the Collateral.  Until delivery, such Collateral shall be held in trust for Secured Party.

 



 

6.5                 Registered Holder of the Collateral While an Event of Default exists, Secured Party shall have the right to transfer to or register (with or without reference to this Agreement) in the name of Secured Party or its nominee any investment property, general intangible, instrument or deposit account constituting part of the Collateral so that Secured Party or such nominee shall appear as the sole owner of record thereof; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred, Secured Party shall deliver to Debtor all notices, statements or other communications received by it or its nominee as such registered owner, and upon demand and receipt of payment of necessary expenses thereof, shall give to Debtor or its designee a proxy or proxies to vote and take all action with respect to such Collateral.  After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Debtor waives all rights to be advised of or to receive any notices, statements or communications received by Secured Party or its nominee as such record owner, and agrees that no proxy or proxies given by Secured Party to Debtor or its designee as aforesaid shall thereafter be effective.

 

7.                         Default.

 

7.1                 Events of Default .  Any of the following events or conditions shall constitute an “Event of Default”:  (i) failure by Debtor to pay when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration, upon demand or otherwise) any principal installments on the Obligations, or to pay any interest thereon or any fee or other amount payable under the transaction documents and such failure continues unremedied for a period of three (3) business days ; (ii) default by Debtor in the performance of any obligation, term or condition of this Agreement or any other agreement with Secured Party or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries (collectively, “Affiliates”); (iii) failure by Debtor to pay when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration, upon demand or otherwise) any material indebtedness or obligation owing to any third party or any Affiliate, the occurrence of any event which results in acceleration of payment of any such indebtedness or obligation or the failure to perform any agreement with any third party or any affiliate; (iv) Debtor is dissolved, becomes insolvent, generally fails to pay or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (v) Debtor makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition agreement with or for the benefit of its creditors or makes, or sends notice of any intended, bulk sale; the sale, assignment, transfer or delivery of all or substantially all of the assets of Debtor to a third party; or the cessation by Debtor as a going business concern; (vi) Debtor files a petition in bankruptcy or institutes any action under federal or state law for the relief of debtors or seeks or consents to the appointment of an administrator, receiver, custodian or similar official for the wind up of its business (or has such a petition or action filed against it and such petition action or appointment is not dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days); (vii) the reorganization, merger, consolidation or dissolution of Debtor (or the making of any agreement therefor); (viii) the death or judicial declaration of incompetency of Debtor, if an individual; (ix) the entry of one or more judgments of any court, other governmental authority or arbitrator against Debtor in an aggregate amount of $500,000.00 over and above any insurance coverage which has been determined by the insurance carrier to be applicable to the claim underlying the judgment, and any such judgments remain unbonded, unstayed or undismissed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days ; (x) falsity, material omission or inaccuracy of facts submitted to Secured Party or any Affiliate (whether in a financial statement or otherwise); (xi) an adverse change in the Collateral, Debtor, its business, operations, affairs or condition (financial or otherwise) from the status shown on any financial statement or other document submitted to Secured Party, and which change Secured Party reasonably determines will have a material adverse affect on (a) Debtor, its business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise), or (b) the ability of Debtor to pay or perform the Obligations; (xii) any pension plan of Debtor fails to comply with applicable law or has vested unfunded liabilities that, in the opinion of Secured Party, might have a material adverse effect on Debtor’s ability to repay its debts; (xiii) any indication or evidence received by Secured Party that Debtor may have directly or indirectly been engaged in any type of activity which, in Secured Party’s reasonable judgment , might result in the forfeiture of any property of Debtor to any governmental authority;  or (xiv) the occurrence of any event described in Section 7.1(i) through and including 7.1(xiii) with respect to any material endorser, guarantor or any other party liable for, or whose assets or any interest therein secures, payment of any of the Obligations.

 

7.2                 Rights and Remedies Upon Default .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Secured Party may exercise all rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, under other applicable law, in equity or otherwise or available under in this Agreement including:

 

7.2.1        Obligations Immediately Due; Termination of Lending Intentionally Omitted.

 

7.2.2        Access to Collateral .  Secured Party, or its agents, may peaceably retake possession of the Collateral with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any premises where the Collateral is located and remove the same.  At Secured Party’s request, Debtor shall assemble the Collateral and deliver it to Secured Party or any place designated by Secured Party, at Debtor’s expense.

 

7.2.3        Sell Collateral .  Secured Party shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk.  Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of Debtor.  Debtor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which Debtor now has or may at any time in the future have under any applicable law now existing or hereafter enacted.  Secured Party shall have the right to use Debtor’s premises and any materials or rights of Debtor (including any intellectual property rights) without charge for such sales or disposition of the Collateral or the completion of any work in progress for such times as Secured Party may see fit.  Without in any way requiring notice to be given in the following time and manner, Debtor agrees that with respect to any notice by Secured Party of any sale, lease or other disposition or realization or other intended action hereunder or in connection herewith, whether required by the UCC or otherwise, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least ten (10)  days before such action in the manner described below in the Section entitled “Notices”.

 

7.2.4        Collect Revenues .  Secured Party may either directly or through a receiver (i) demand, collect and sue on any Collateral consisting of accounts or any other Collateral including notifying account debtors or any other persons obligated on the Collateral to make payment on the Collateral directly to Secured Party; (ii) file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Secured

 



 

Party with respect to the Collateral or to enforce any other right in respect of the Collateral; (iii) take control, in any manner, of any payment or proceeds from the Collateral; (iv) prosecute or defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against Debtor with respect to the Collateral; (v) settle, compromise or adjust any and all claims arising under the Collateral or, to give such discharges or releases as Secured Party may deem appropriate; (vi) receive and collect all mail addressed to Debtor, direct the place of delivery thereof to any location designated by Secured Party; to open such mail; to remove all contents therefrom; to retain all contents thereof constituting or relating to the Collateral; (vii) execute, sign or endorse any and all claims, endorsements, assignments, checks or other instruments with respect to the Collateral; or (viii) generally, use, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral; and Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party, its officers, employees and agents, or any of them, as attorneys-in-fact for Debtor with full power and authority in the place and stead of Debtor and in the name of Debtor or in its own name from time to time in Secured Party’s discretion, to take any and all appropriate action Secured Party deems necessary or desirable to accomplish any of the foregoing or otherwise to protect, preserve, collect or realize upon the Collateral or to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.  Debtor revokes each power of attorney (including any proxy) heretofore granted by Debtor with regard to the Collateral.  This power of attorney, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable and shall not be affected by the subsequent disability or incompetence of Debtor.

 

7.2.5        Setoff .  Secured Party may place an administrative hold on and set off against the Obligations any property held in a deposit or other account with Secured Party or any of its Affiliates or otherwise owing by Secured Party or any of its Affiliates in any capacity to Debtor. Such set-off shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately at the time Secured Party or such Affiliate elects to do so.

 

8.                         Expenses.   Debtor shall pay to Secured Party on demand all costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of all counsel retained for advice, suit, appeal or other proceedings or purpose and of any experts or agents it may retain), which Secured Party may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, including any administrative fees Secured Party may impose for the preparation of discharges, releases or assignments to third-parties; (ii) the custody or preservation of, or the sale, lease or other disposition or realization on the Collateral; (iii) the enforcement and collection of any Obligations or any guaranty thereof; (iv) the exercise, performance ,enforcement or protection of any of the rights of Secured Party hereunder; or (v) the failure of Debtor to perform or observe any provisions hereof.  After such demand for payment of any cost, expense or fee under this Section or elsewhere under this Agreement, Debtor shall pay interest at the highest default rate specified in any instrument evidencing any of the Obligations from the date payment is demanded by Secured Party to the date reimbursed by Debtor.  All such costs, expenses or fees under this Agreement shall be added to the Obligations.

 

9.                         Indemnification.   Debtor shall indemnify Secured Party and its Affiliates and each officer, employee, accountant, attorney and other agent thereof (each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) on demand, without any limitation as to amount, against each liability, cost and expense (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of all counsel retained for advice, suit, appeal or other proceedings or purpose, and of any expert or agents an Indemnified Party may retain) heretofore or hereafter imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Party (including any claim involving any allegation of any violation of applicable law of any governmental authority (including any environmental law or criminal law)), however asserted and whether now existing or hereafter arising, arising out of any ownership, disposition or use of any of the Collateral; provided, however, the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to liability, cost or expense solely attributable to an Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  This indemnity agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  Any amounts payable under this or any other section of this Agreement shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.

 

10.                  Miscellaneous.

 

10.1          Notices .  Any demand or notice hereunder or under any applicable law pertaining hereto shall be in writing and duly given if delivered to Debtor (at its address on Secured Party’s records) or to Secured Party (at the address on page one and separately to Secured Party’s officer responsible for Debtor’s relationship with Secured Party). Such notice or demand shall be deemed sufficiently given for all purposes when delivered (i) by personal delivery and shall be deemed effective when delivered, or (ii) by mail or courier and shall be deemed effective three (3) business days after deposit in an official depository maintained by the United States Post Office for the collection of mail or one (1) business day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight courier service (e.g., Federal Express).  Notice by e-mail is not valid notice under this or any other agreement between Debtor and Secured Party.

 

10.2          Governing Law; Jurisdiction .  This Agreement has been delivered to and accepted by Secured Party and will be deemed to be made in the State of New York.  Except as otherwise provided under federal law, this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York excluding its conflict of laws rules. DEBTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN A COUNTY OR JUDICIAL DISTRICT WHERE SECURED PARTY MAINTAINS A BRANCH AND CONSENTS THAT SECURED PARTY MAY EFFECT ANY SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER AND AT DEBTOR’S ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE FOR PROVIDING NOTICE OR DEMAND; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL PREVENT SECURED PARTY FROM BRINGING ANY ACTION, ENFORCING ANY AWARD OR JUDGMENT OR EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS AGAINST DEBTOR INDIVIDUALLY, AGAINST ANY SECURITY OR AGAINST ANY PROPERTY OF DEBTOR WITHIN ANY OTHER COUNTY, STATE OR OTHER FOREIGN OR DOMESTIC JURISDICTION.   Debtor acknowledges and agrees that the venue provided above is the most convenient forum for both Secured Party and Debtor.  Debtor waives any objection to venue and any objection based on a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Agreement.

 

10.3          Security Interest Absolute .  All rights of Secured Party hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of Debtor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (i) any filing by or against Debtor of any petition in bankruptcy or any action under federal or state law for the relief of debtors or the seeking or consenting to of the appointment of an administrator, receiver, custodian or similar officer for the wind up of its

 



 

business; (ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations, (iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any agreement or instrument with respect to the Obligations, (iv)any exchange, release or non-perfection of any lien or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations, or (v) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Debtor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.  If, after receipt of any payment of all or any part of the Obligations, Secured Party is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment to any person or entity, because such payment is determined to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason, such payment shall be reinstated as part of the Obligations and this Agreement shall continue in full force notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by Secured Party in reliance upon such payment, and any such contrary action so taken shall be without prejudice to Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been conditioned upon such payment having become final and irrevocable.

 

10.4          Remedies Cumulative; Preservation of Rights .  The rights and remedies herein are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which Secured Party may have under other agreements now or hereafter in effect between Debtor and Secured Party, at law (including under the UCC) or in equity.  No failure or delay of Secured Party in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  Debtor expressly disclaims any reliance on any course of dealing or usage of trade or oral representation of Secured Party including representations to make loans to Debtor.  No notice to or demand on Debtor in any case shall entitle Debtor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

10.5          Joint and Several; Successors and Assigns .  If there is more than one Debtor, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for all amounts, which become due, and the performance of all obligations under this Agreement and the term “Debtor” shall include each as well as all of them.  This Agreement shall be binding upon Debtor and upon its heirs and legal representatives, its successors and assignees, and shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Secured Party, its successors and assignees and each direct or indirect assignee or other transferee of any of the Obligations; provided, however, that this Agreement may not be assigned by Debtor without the prior written consent of Secured Party.

 

10.6          Waivers; Changes in Writing .  No course of dealing or other conduct, no oral agreement or representation made by Secured Party or usage of trade shall operate as a waiver of any right or remedy of Secured Party.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by Debtor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless made specifically in writing by Secured Party and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  No modification to any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing in an agreement signed by Debtor and Secured Party.

 

10.7          Interpretation .  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, references to plural includes the singular and references to the singular include the plural; the word “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”; the word “including”, “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and captions or section headings are solely for convenience and not part of the substance of this Agreement.  Any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement herein shall survive execution and delivery of this Agreement and shall be deemed continuous.  Each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted as consistent with existing law and shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to comply with any conflicting law.  If any provision nevertheless is held invalid, the other provisions shall remain in effect.  Debtor agrees that in any legal proceeding, a photocopy of this Agreement kept in Secured Party’s course of business may be admitted into evidence as an original.  Terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the UCC.

 

10.8          Waiver of Jury Trial DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY MAY HAVE IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING, IN LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO. DEBTOR REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF SECURED PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SECURED PARTY WILL NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS JURY TRIAL WAIVER.  DEBTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SECURED PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.

 



 

Dated: December 16, 2011

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward J. Gaio

 

 

Name:

Edward J. Gaio

 

 

Title:

Vice President and CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

: SS.

 

 

COUNTY OF CHEMUNG`

)

 

 

 

On the 16 th  day of December, in the year 2011, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared EDWARD J. GAIO, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

/s/ Nancy L. Curren

 

Notary Public

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY BANK

 

Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (the “Bank”), hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has read the Pledge of Securities dated December       , 2011 and the General Security Agreement dated December       , 2011, to which originals of this Acknowledgment are attached and understands and agrees to the terms and provisions contained therein.

 

Dated: December 16, 2011

M&T BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan A. Burtis

 

Name:

Susan A. Burtis

 

Title:

Vice President

 

FOR SECURED PARTY USE ONLY:

Authorization confirmed:

If Debtor’s Obligations arise under a guaranty in favor of Secured Party, list the name whose indebtedness is being guaranteed under such guaranty:

 



 

Exhibit A

 

1.                                       Permitted Liens (§3.1) means and includes:

 

a.                                       pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

b.                                       deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

c.                                        judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7;

d.                                       easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

e.                                        existing liens set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

2.                                       Residence, principal place of business or chief executive office (§3.5(i))

 

3.                                       Location of Books and Records (§3.5(ii))

 

4.                                       Location of Inventory, Equipment, Fixtures, Crops or Timber (§3.5(iii) and §3.5(iv))

 

5.                                       Locations Not Owned by Debtor and Name of Record Owner (§3.5)

 

6.                                       Trade Name, “Doing Business As” Name or Assumed Name (§3.6)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

EXISTING LIENS

 

(A)

 

Debtor

 

Secured Party

 

Jurisdiction

 

Filing Information

 

Collateral

Hardinge Machine Tools Limited

 

Hormann (UK) Limited

 

UC Companies House; England and Wales

 

Registered 02/09/2005

 

The deposit account and all money from time to time placed in the deposit account in accordance with a certain rent deposit deed

Hardinge Machine Tools Limited

 

HMT Trustees Limited, as Trustee of the Hardinge Machine Tools Limited Staff

 

UK Companies House; England and Wales

 

To be registered following completion

 

Debenture granting security over all assets to secure performance of obligations under deficit recovery plan in connection with £0.9 million deficit of the Hardinge Machine Tools Limited Staff Pensions Scheme

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG (as successor by merger to HTT Hauser Tripet Tschudin, Ag)

 

UBS AG

 

Switzerland

 

10/30/2009

 

Mortgage on real property in Biel, Switzerland

Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited

 

Mega International Commercial Bank

 

Taiwan

 

06/2006

 

Mortgage on real property in Taiwan

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG

 

Credit Suisse

 

Switzerland

 

08/20/2009

 

Mortgage on real property in St. Gallen, Switzerland

Hardinge, Inc.

 

KeyBank National Association

 

New York

 

New York SOS — Filing No. 201112018402949

 

All personal property

Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd

 

China Construction Bank, Jiaxing Branch

 

China

 

N/A

 

Mortgage on land use right and construction in process

 

(B)                                                                                A lien in favor of Bank of America, N.A. on all personal property assets of Debtor, securing Debtor’s guaranty of the indebtedness of Hardinge Machine Tool, B.V., Taiwan Branch or any other Subsidiary of the Debtor to Bank of America, N.A.

in an amount of up to $4,000,000.00 through February 29, 2012 and thereafter up to $3,000,000.00, and any extension, renewal, or replacement thereof, to the extent set forth in an intercreditor agreement

 




EXHIBIT 10.5

 

 

RESTATED

PLEDGE OF SECURITIES

New York

 

Pledgor (Name):  Hardinge Inc.

(Organizational Structure):  Corporation

(State Law organized under):  New York

(Organizational Identification Number, if any; note that this is NOT a request for the Taxpayer Identification Number):

(Address of residence/chief executive office):  One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902

 

Borrower (if not the same as Pledgor) (Name):

(Organizational Structure):

(State Law organized under):

(Address of residence/chief executive office):

 

Bank:  M&T Bank , a New York banking corporation with its banking offices at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203 Attention: Office of General Counsel.

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT is granted to the Bank by Pledgor in consideration of and as further security for payment of the Obligations, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged.  Pledgor, intending to be legally bound, agrees with the Bank as follows:

 

1.     DEFINITIONS.   All terms unless otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned in the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be in effect in the State of New York, as amended from time to time (“UCC”) and as assigned in the Replacement Credit Agreement dated December       , 2011 between Pledgor and Bank .

 

a.     “Brokerage Account” means, collectively, any and all security, commodity or other form of account containing assets included in the Collateral at any time, including, without limitation, all cash and credit balances credited to any such account and all investment property held, carried or otherwise referenced in any such account.  Except as otherwise agreed by the Bank in writing, any reference herein to a Brokerage Account at a particular Institution shall include all accounts maintained by Pledgor with the same Institution.

 

b.     “Collateral” means collectively, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or existing and wherever located, all Pledgor’s investment property described on Schedule A, which Pledgor has previously delivered to the Bank together with all Income and Proceeds.  In addition, the word “Collateral” includes all property of Pledgor (however owned) in the possession of, or subject to the control of, the Bank (or in the possession or subject to the control of an Institution or other third party, which possession or control is now or hereafter becomes subject to the control of the Bank), whether now owned or hereafter existing and whether tangible or intangible in character.

 

c.     “Control Agreement” means an agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion, by and among the Bank, an Institution and Pledgor, for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted to the Bank by Pledgor herein.

 

d.      Any of the following events or conditions shall constitute an “Event of Default” :  (i) failure by Pledgor to make any payment when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any principal installments on the Obligations or to pay any interest thereon or any fee or other amount payable under the transaction documents and such failure continues unremedied for a period of three (3) business days ; (ii) Pledgor defaults in the performance of any covenant or other provision with respect to this Agreement, the Control Agreement, the Obligations or any other agreement between Pledgor and the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries (collectively, “Affiliates”)); (iii) Pledgor fails to pay when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any material indebtedness for borrowed money owing to any third party, the occurrence of any event which results in acceleration of payment of any such indebtedness or the failure to perform any agreement with any third party or any affiliate ; (iv) the reorganization, merger, consolidation or dissolution of Pledgor (or the making of any agreement therefor); the sale, assignment, transfer or delivery of all or substantially all of the assets of Pledgor to a third party; or the cessation by Pledgor as a going business concern; (v) the death or judicial declaration of incompetency of Pledgor, if an individual; (vi) failure to pay, withhold or collect any tax as required by law; the service or filing against Pledgor or any of its assets of any lien (other than a lien permitted in writing by the Bank), judgment, garnishment, order or award; (vii) if Pledgor becomes insolvent or is generally not paying its debts as such debts become due; (viii) the making of any general assignment by Pledgor for the benefit of creditors; the appointment of a receiver or similar trustee for Pledgor or its assets; or the making of any, or sending notice of any intended, bulk sale; (ix) Pledgor commences, or has commenced against it, any proceeding or request for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws now or hereafter in effect in the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or any foreign jurisdiction or any formal or informal proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of, settlement of claims against or winding up of affairs of Pledgor and such proceeding is not dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days ; (x) any representation or warranty made in this Agreement, any related document, any agreement between Pledgor and the Bank or any Affiliate or in any financial statement of Pledgor proves to have been misleading in any material respect when made; Pledgor omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made in this Agreement, any related document, any agreement between Pledgor and the Bank or any Affiliate or any financial statement of Pledgor not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made; or, if upon the date of execution of this Agreement, there shall have been any materially adverse change in any of the facts disclosed in any financial statement, representation or warranty that was not disclosed in writing to the Bank at or prior to the time of execution hereof; (xi) any pension plan of Pledgor fails to comply with applicable law or has vested unfunded liabilities that, in the opinion of the Bank, might have a material adverse effect on Pledgor’s ability to repay its debts; (xii) the occurrence of any event described in paragraph 1(d)(i) through and including 1(d)(xi) hereof with respect to Borrower (if Pledgor and Borrower are not the same) or to any material endorser, guarantor or any other party liable for, or whose assets or any interest therein secures, payment of any of the Obligations; (xiii) the occurrence of any event

 

1



 

described in paragraph 1(d)(ii), (iv), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) or (xi) with respect to any Institution if the Collateral is, or is in, a Brokerage Account or otherwise held by an Institution; or (xiv) any Control Agreement is terminated without the consent of the Bank.

 

e.     “Income and Proceeds” mean all present and future income, proceeds, earnings, increases, and substitutions from or for the Collateral of every kind and nature, whether direct or indirect, including without limitation all payments, interest, profits, distributions, benefits, rights, options, warrants, dividends, stock dividends, stock splits, stock rights, regulatory dividends, distributions, subscriptions, monies, claims for money due and to become due, proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, shares of stock of different par value or no par value issued in substitution or exchange for shares included in the Collateral (whether voluntary or involuntary, by agreement or by operation of law), proceeds of any sale, transfer, surrender, redemption, exchange or other disposition of the Collateral (whether merger, dissolution or liquidation of the issuer of the Collateral) and all other property Pledgor is entitled to receive on account of such Collateral, including accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, investment property, and general intangibles.

 

f.     “Institution” means any (i) securities intermediary; (ii) broker; (iii) issuer; or (iv) any other entity holding or that has issued any of the Collateral to or on behalf of Pledgor, including, without limitation, any fiduciary.

 

g.     “Obligations” means collectively, any and all indebtedness and other liabilities or obligations of Pledgor to the Bank of every kind as amended and restated from time to time at present or in future, in any manner whether actual or contingent and character and all extensions, refinancings, renewals, modifications and replacements thereof, including, without limitation, all unpaid accrued interest thereon and all of the costs and expenses payable as hereinafter provided:  (i) whether now existing or hereafter incurred; (ii) whether direct, indirect, primary, absolute, secondary, contractual, tortious, liquidated, unliquidated, contingent, secured, unsecured, matured or unmatured, by guarantee or otherwise; (iii) whether such indebtedness or obligations are from time to time reduced and thereafter increased, or entirely extinguished and thereafter reincurred; (iv) whether such indebtedness was originally contracted with the Bank or with another or others; (v) whether or not such indebtedness or obligations are evidenced by a negotiable or non-negotiable instrument or any other writing; (vi) whether such indebtedness is contracted by Pledgor alone or jointly or severally with another or others; and (vii) all indebtedness incurred prior to, during or after any filing by or against Pledgor of any petition or request for liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjudication as a bankrupt, relief as a debtor, or other relief under bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws now or hereafter in effect in the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or any foreign jurisdiction, notwithstanding Pledgor’s legal status as a debtor or a debtor-in-possession or Pledgor’s discharge in any such proceeding. Obligations also include, without limitation, all payments recovered from the Bank such as sums claimed as impermissible set-offs, diversion of trust funds or as a preference or fraudulent transfer.  Such recovered sums shall be reinstated as Obligations of Pledgor as of the date they arose, but for purposes of any statute limiting action by the Bank under this Agreement or relating to the Obligations, as of the date of recovery from the Bank.  If Pledgor and Borrower are not the same person or entity, then any reference to “Pledgor” in this section mean Pledgor and/or Borrower.

 

h.     “Pledgor” means each of the persons or entities identified above as Pledgor in any capacity, and each legal representative, successor or assign of any thereof.

 

2.     SECURITY INTEREST.

 

a.     Grant of Security Interest.   As security for payment and performance of the Obligations, Pledgor grants a continuing security interest in, and assigns, pledges and hypothecates to the Bank all of its rights, title and interest in and to the Collateral.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the stock certificate has been delivered into the Bank’s possession.

 

b.     Continuing and Unconditional Pledge.   This Agreement is absolute and unconditional and shall continue, notwithstanding any interim payment in full of the Obligations, until released in writing by the Bank.  The parties hereto acknowledge that this Restated Pledge of Securities restates but does not replace a prior Pledge of Securities given by Pledgor to Bank on March           , 2010 and that the Obligations secured by that Pledge of Securities have not been paid but are being refinanced simultaneously herewith.  The parties hereto acknowledge and confirm that notwithstanding any amendments made to the Credit Agreement since the execution of the Pledge of Securities on March       2010, the pledge is in full force and effect and continues to secure any and all new and additional Obligations under the Credit Agreement so restated and amended (i.e., Replacement Credit Agreement), and the Obligations shall include any such new or additional obligations which the Pledgor has agreed to incur under the Replacement Credit Agreement.

 

c.      Control Agreement.   To the extent any portion of the Collateral is, or is maintained in, a Brokerage Account with or through an Institution, or is otherwise held in the custody of an Institution, Pledgor agrees to cause such Institution(s) (along with such other parties as may be deemed necessary by the Bank in its sole discretion) to execute and deliver to the Bank, contemporaneously herewith, a Control Agreement.  If any such Institution refuses to execute a Control Agreement that is acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion, Pledgor agrees to transfer the Collateral to a Brokerage Account maintained with or through M&T Securities, Inc. (or such other affiliate of the Bank as may be designated by the Bank), or if the Collateral is in certificated form, cause the Collateral to be delivered to the Bank, duly endorsed in blank without restrictions and with all signatures guaranteed with medallion signature guaranty acceptable to the Bank and with all necessary transfer tax stamps affixed, if applicable.  To the extent that any portion of the Collateral is held in a Brokerage Account with or through M&T Securities, Inc. (or any successor or assignee thereof), Pledgor hereby acknowledges and consents to such portion of the Collateral being subject to the terms of a master control agreement by and among the Bank, M&T Securities, Inc., the current custodial agent for M&T Securities, Inc., and such other Affiliates and interested parties as appropriate, as such agreement may be amended, restated, modified or replaced from time to time (“Master Control Agreement”).  Pledgor acknowledges that such Master Control Agreement provides, among other things, that the Bank has the ability and right under certain circumstances to have the Collateral sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without further action or consent by Pledgor.

 

d.     Delivery of Certificated and Uncertificated Securities Not in Brokerage Account.   If the Collateral is not maintained in a Brokerage Account, then contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement to the Bank, Pledgor shall:

 

i.               Certificated Securities .  To the extent the Collateral includes certificated securities, deliver such certificated securities to the Bank, duly endorsed or assigned (where necessary) in blank without restrictions and with all signatures guaranteed with medallion signature guaranty acceptable to the Bank and with all necessary transfer tax stamps affixed.  Furthermore, the Pledgor procures that the Bank will continue to be registered in the shareholders’ ledger of Hardinge Holdings GmbH (“Holdings”) as pledgee of the 3,250 shares held by the Pledgor in Holdings being pledged hereunder.

 

2



 

ii.             Uncertificated Securities .  To the extent the Collateral includes uncertificated securities, either (x) procure the issuance of security certificates to represent such uncertificated securities and endorse and deliver such certificates as required above; (y) cause the issuer thereof to register the Bank as the registered owner of such uncertificated securities; or (z) cause the issuer of the uncertificated securities to enter into a Control Agreement with the Bank and Pledgor.

 

3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.   Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that now and until this Agreement is terminated:

 

a.     Enforceability.   Pledgor, if an entity, (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the law of the jurisdiction in which it was formed; (ii) is duly authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which failure to be so qualified might have a material adverse effect on its business or assets; and (iii) has the power, authority and approvals necessary to own the Collateral and grant a security interest in the Collateral under this Agreement and execute and deliver this Agreement and each Control Agreement (if applicable).  This Agreement and each Control Agreement (if applicable) have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of Pledgor, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of Pledgor and are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms against Pledgor.

 

b.     No Conflicts.   The execution, delivery and performance by Pledgor of this Agreement and each Control Agreement (if applicable), the grant of the security interest in the Collateral hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not (i) violate any statute, regulation or other law applicable to Pledgor; (ii) violate any judgment, order or award of any court, agency or other governmental authority or of any arbitrator applicable to Pledgor; (iii) if an entity, violate Pledgor’s certificate of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement or other applicable governing documents; (iv) constitute a default under any agreement binding on Pledgor or result in a lien or encumbrance on any assets of Pledgor; or (v) violate any restriction on the transfer of any of the Collateral.

 

c.     No Consents.   No consent, approval, license, permit or other authorization of any third-party (other than an Institution) or any governmental body or office is required for the valid and lawful execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Control Agreement, the creation and perfection of the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral, the valid and lawful exercise by the Bank of the remedies available to it under this Agreement, any Control Agreement or applicable law or of the voting and other rights granted to the Bank in this Agreement or any Control Agreement, except as may be required for the offer of sale of those items of the Collateral that are securities under applicable law.

 

d.     Sole Owner; No Other Lien.   Pledgor is sole record and beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear of all liens, security interests, pledges encumbrances and adverse claims (other than those created under this Agreement), has the unrestricted right to grant the security interest granted under this Agreement and has granted to the Bank a valid security interest in the Collateral free of all liens, encumbrances and adverse claims.  There are no restrictions applicable to the transfer of any of the Collateral, unless fully and accurately described in an exhibit to this Agreement.   The Collateral is held or registered in Pledgor’s legal name.

 

e.     Brokerage Account.   If any of the Collateral is, or is maintained in, a Brokerage Account, such Brokerage Account is a valid and legally binding obligation of the Institution with which such Brokerage Account is maintained, the securities entitlements credited thereto are valid and genuine and are enforceable in accordance with their terms and Pledgor has provided the Bank with a complete and accurate statement of the financial assets and money credited to such Brokerage Account as of the date hereof.

 

f.     Certificates Genuine.   If any of the Collateral is certificated securities, each certificate or other document evidencing such portion of the Collateral is genuine, has been duly authorized and validly issued by each of the respective Issuers, is in all respects what it purports to be and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

g.     Judgments and Litigation.   There is no pending or threatened claim, audit, investigation, action or other legal proceeding or judgment, order or award of any court, agency or other governmental authority or arbitrator that involves Pledgor or any of the Collateral and might have a material adverse effect upon, or threaten the validity of, this Agreement or any of the Collateral.  Pledgor shall immediately notify the Bank upon acquiring knowledge of such an action.

 

h.     Name, Address and Organizational Information.   Pledgor’s full legal name, its principal residence or its chief executive office (if a business) address, and its state of registration and organizational identification number (if any) are correctly set forth at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

i.      Mutual Funds Held for 30 Days.   If any of the Collateral consists of mutual fund shares or any other interest in a mutual fund, such shares or interest shall have been owned by Pledgor for more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

4.     COVENANTS.   Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees with the Bank that now and until this Agreement is terminated Pledgor shall:

 

a.     Defend Title.   Defend its title to the Collateral and the security interest of the Bank therein against the claims of any person claiming rights in the Collateral against or through Pledgor and maintain and preserve such security and its priority.

 

b.     Collateral Coverage.   Intentionally Omitted.

 

c.     No Transfer.   Neither sell, offer to sell nor otherwise transfer or encumber any of the Collateral and if any of the Collateral is, or is in, a Brokerage Account or subject to a Control Agreement, withdraw any money or property from such Brokerage Account or enter into a control agreement with any third-party relating to the foregoing.  If any of the Collateral is, or is maintained in, a Brokerage Account, this provision shall not prohibit Pledgor from making trades in such Brokerage Account before the occurrence of an Event of Default provided that (i) the Bank has agreed in a writing (acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion), signed by a duly authorized officer of the Bank and the Institution, that Pledgor is authorized to engage in such trading; (ii) the proceeds of such trades remain in the Brokerage Account; and (iii) the trades do not have a material adverse effect on the value of all or any part of the Collateral and are not otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any Control Agreement.

 

d.     Control and Customer Agreements.   If the Collateral is held in a Brokerage Account, neither attempt to modify or attempt to terminate any Control Agreement or the customer agreement with the Institution under which such Brokerage Account was established.

 

3



 

e.     Later Deliveries.   Pledgor shall promptly deliver or transfer to the Bank (with respect to any of the Collateral in the physical possession of the Bank) or to an Institution (with respect to any of the Collateral held by such Institution) for credit to the Brokerage Account and/or coverage by the Control Agreement with such Institution, such portion of the Collateral (including, without limitation, any certificate or instrument constituting or representing such portion of the Collateral and any replacement or related certificates or instruments, transaction statements, option contracts, warrants or related documents evidencing transactions or proceeds thereof) that Pledgor may obtain possession of after the date hereof, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, transfer restrictions and adverse claims so that the Bank has a first priority interest in such portion of the Collateral.  All such certificates, instruments and the like shall be duly endorsed in blank without restriction and with all signatures guaranteed with a medallion signature guaranty acceptable to the Bank.  Until such delivery or transfer, Pledgor shall hold each such item in trust for the Bank.

 

f.     Recordkeeping and Financial Statements.   Maintain accurate and complete records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and furnish to the Bank financial statements in such form and at such intervals as the Bank may request from time to time.

 

g.     Taxes to be Paid.   Pay when due every tax, assessment, fee and charge and file each report required by any taxing authority for Pledgor or its assets, including without limitation the Collateral.

 

h.     Additional Collateral.   Intentionally Omitted.

 

i.      Notice of Changes.   Immediately notify the Bank of (i) any Event of Default; (ii) any event or condition that might have a material adverse effect upon Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same), the Institution, the value of the Collateral or the security interest of the Bank; or (iii) any encumbrance upon or claim asserted against any of the Collateral.  Pledgor shall notify the Bank at least ninety (90) days in advance of any change in (i) the name, identity or structure of Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) or (ii) the location of (A) any of the Collateral, (B) any record concerning any of the Collateral, or (C) Pledgor’s (or Borrower’s, if not same) state of registration, chief executive office or principal residence.

 

j.      Mark-to-Market Provisions.   Cause the Bank to receive all information needed to enable the Bank to monitor the market value of the Collateral including, without limitation, if the Collateral is held by an Institution, to cause such Institution to send to the Bank a complete and accurate copy of each statement, confirmation, notice or other communication concerning any Brokerage Account that the Institution sends to Pledgor.  All information furnished by Pledgor concerning the Collateral or otherwise in connection with this Agreement is or shall be at the time the same is furnished, accurate, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

k.     Further Assurances.

 

i.               At Pledgor’s expense, Pledgor shall do such further acts and execute and deliver to the Bank all such additional conveyances, financing statements, certificates, stock or bond powers, instruments, legal opinions and other assurances as the Bank may from time to time request or require to protect, assure or enforce its interests, rights and remedies under this Agreement.  All endorsements must be in blank without restriction and with all signatures guaranteed with a medallion signature guaranty acceptable to the Bank.

 

ii.             Pledgor will promptly deliver to the Bank (with respect to any of the Collateral in the physical possession of the Bank) or to an Institution (with respect to any of the Collateral held by such Institution), all endorsements and instruments that could be necessary or convenient to transfer any financial asset in the physical possession of the Bank or an Institution, that are registered in the name of, payable to the order of or specially endorsed to Pledgor, to such Institution or one of their respective nominees.

 

5.     POWER OF ATTORNEY, IRREVOCABLE PROXY.

 

a.      Pledgor irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Bank as its attorney-in-fact with full power , while an Event of Default exists, to perform in the name of Pledgor each of Pledgor’s obligations under this Agreement or any Control Agreement and take any action or execute any instrument that the Bank deems necessary or convenient for such purpose including, without limitation, the power to endorse or execute and deliver all stock or bond powers, pledges, instruments of assignment, certificates, orders for transfer, financing statements, releases and other writings relating to any of the Collateral in the Bank’s or Pledgor’s name.  Such power of attorney is coupled with an interest in favor of the Bank, and shall not be terminated or otherwise affected by the death, bankruptcy, disability or incompetence of Pledgor or by lapse of time.  While an Event of Default exists, the Bank may receive and open any mail addressed to Pledgor, retain any enclosure constituting or relating to any of the Collateral, and take any other action deemed necessary in the Bank’s sole discretion to perfect or protect the Bank’s interests pursuant to this Agreement or any Control Agreement.  Pledgor authorizes (both prospectively and retroactively) the Bank to file in any public office financing statements, and any continuations and amendments thereof, regarding any of the Collateral without the signature of Pledgor.  A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement relating to any of the Collateral shall be sufficient as a financing statement.  Pledgor hereby consents and agrees that the issuers of or obligors of the Collateral or any registrar or transfer agent or trustee for any of the Collateral shall be entitled to accept the provisions hereof as conclusive evidence of the rights of the Bank to effect any transfer pursuant to this Agreement and the authority granted to the Bank herein, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by Pledgor or any other person to any of such issuers, obligors, registrars, transfer agents and trustees.

 

b.      Pledgor irrevocably consents and appoints the Bank, whether or not any of the Collateral has been transferred into the name of the Bank or its nominee, as Pledgor’s proxy with full power, while an Event of Default exists, in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same effect as if Pledgor were to do the same:  (i) to attend all meetings of stockholders of the issuer of any financial asset which comprises the Collateral (the “Company”) held from the date hereof and to vote such portion of the Collateral at such meeting in such manner as the Bank shall, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate, including, without limitation, in favor of the liquidation of the Company; (ii) to consent, in the sole discretion of the Bank, to any and all action by or with respect to the Company for which the consent of the stockholders of the Company is or may be necessary or appropriate; and (iii) without limitation, to do all things which Pledgor can or could do as a stockholder of the Company, giving to the Bank full power of substitution and revocation.  Such proxy shall not be exercisable by the Bank and Pledgor alone shall have the foregoing powers (whether or not any of the Collateral has been transferred into the name of the Bank or its nominee) until the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default; provided, however, Pledgor shall not exercise or, as the case may be, shall not refrain from exercising such rights if, in the Bank’s judgment, such action would impair or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the value of the Collateral or would otherwise be inconsistent with this Agreement.  The Bank, in its sole discretion, may elect to postpone having such proxy become exercisable notwithstanding the occurrence of any Event of Default which would otherwise cause such proxy to become exercisable.  Such proxy shall terminate when this Agreement is no longer in full force and effect as hereinafter provided.  Any expenses incurred with the exercise of any of the rights hereunder shall constitute part of the Obligations.

 

4



 

c.      Pledgor hereby revokes for the duration of this Agreement each power of attorney, authorization and proxy granted by Pledgor to any other person (other than any Institution acting as safekeeping agent, if any) with respect to the Collateral.

 

6.     PLEDGOR’S WAIVERS.   Neither Pledgor’s obligations under this Agreement nor Bank’s interest in the Collateral shall be released, impaired or affected in any way by (i) Pledgor’s (or Borrower’s, if not same) bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency under any law or that of any other party, or any action of a trustee in any such proceeding; (ii) failure of any other party to perform its obligations to the Bank; or (iii) any other circumstance that might constitute a legal or equitable defense to Pledgor’s (or Borrower’s, if not same) obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation:  (A) any new agreements or obligations of Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) with or to the Bank, amendments, changes in rate of interest, extensions of time for payments, modifications, renewals or the existence of or waivers of default as to any existing or future agreements of Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) or any other party with the Bank; (B) any adjustment, compromise or release of any of the Obligations by the Bank or any other party; the existence or nonexistence or order of any filings, exchanges, releases, impairment or sale of any security for the Obligations or any part thereof or the order in which payments and proceeds of collateral are applied; or acceptance by the Bank of any writing intended by any other party to create an accord and satisfaction with respect to any of the Obligations; (C) any delay in or failure to call for, take, hold, continue, collect, preserve or protect, replace, assign, sell, lease, exchange, convert or otherwise transfer or dispose of, perfect a security interest in, realize upon or enforce any security interest in any security for the Obligations or any part thereof, regardless of its value; (D) any exercise, delay in the exercise or waiver of, any failure to exercise, or any forbearance or other indulgence relating to, any right or remedy of the Bank against Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) or other person or relating to the Obligations, any part thereof or any security for the Obligations; (E) any fictitiousness, incorrectness, invalidity or unenforceability, for any reason, of any instrument or other agreement, or act of commission or omission by the Bank or Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same); (F) any composition, extension, moratoria or other statutory relief granted to Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same); or (G) any interruption in the business relations between the Bank and Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same), or any dissolution or change in form of organization, name or ownership of Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) or death or declaration of Pledgor or Borrower (if not same) if an individual as incompetent.  Further, Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) waives without notice each demand, presentment, protest and other act or thing upon which any of Pledgor’s (or Borrower’s, if not same) obligations or the Bank’s rights or remedies pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise would or might be conditioned.

 

7.     INCOME AND PROCEEDS OF THE COLLATERAL.

 

a.     Cash Income.   Until the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Pledgor reserves the right to request to receive all cash income and cash dividends that comprise the Income and Proceeds (except cash income or cash dividends paid or payable in respect of the total or partial liquidation or dissolution of an issuer) paid on the Collateral; provided, however, until actually paid, all rights to such cash income or cash dividends shall remain subject to the Bank’s security interest granted hereunder.  Any other Income and Proceeds shall be delivered to the Bank immediately upon receipt (but not later than the next business day), in the exact form received and without commingling with other property which may be received by, paid or delivered to Pledgor or for Pledgor’s account, whether as an addition to, in discharge of, in substitution of, or in exchange of any of the Collateral.

 

b.     Bond Coupons.   If the Collateral consists of bonds with coupons, Pledgor authorizes the Bank to remove all coupons from such bonds when interest is due and send them for collection on Pledgor’s behalf.  The proceeds of such bonds will be applied as directed by Pledgor in writing.  The Bank shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to process such coupons in a timely fashion.  If any coupon is returned unpaid, the Bank may either debit any of Pledgor’s deposit accounts with the Bank or reverse the loan credit, as appropriate, in the amount of each such coupon previously credited, plus the Bank expenses incurred in the attempted collection.  If Pledgor’s deposit accounts have insufficient funds to pay any or all such amounts, each such unpaid amount shall be added to the Obligations, and shall be secured by the Collateral.

 

c.     Cash Income After Event of Default.   While an Event of Default exists , Pledgor shall not demand or receive any cash income or cash dividends with regard to the Collateral, and if Pledgor receives any such cash income or cash dividends, the same shall be held by Pledgor in trust for the Bank in the same medium in which received, shall not be commingled with any assets of Pledgor and shall be delivered to the Bank in the form received, properly endorsed to permit collection, not later than the next business day following the day of its receipt.  The Bank may apply the net cash receipts from such income or cash dividends to payment of the Obligations or any part thereof, provided that the Bank shall account for and pay over to Pledgor any such income or interest remaining after payment in full of the Obligations.

 

d.     Increases and Profits.   Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred, Pledgor authorizes the Bank to receive Income and Proceeds on the Collateral and to hold the same as part of the Collateral and agrees to deliver the Income and Proceeds (except as provided in 7(a) above) to the Bank immediately upon receipt (but not later than the next business day), in the exact form received and without commingling with other property which may be received by, paid or delivered to Pledgor or for Pledgor’s account, whether as an addition to, in discharge of, in substitution of, or in exchange of any of the Collateral.

 

8.     ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF PLEDGOR AND RIGHTS OF THE BANK.

 

a.     Compliance with Securities Laws.

 

i.               Pledgor has not acquired or transferred any of the Collateral in any manner that would result in a violation of any applicable law, including without limitation federal and state securities laws.  Pledgor shall execute and deliver or file each form and other writing (including without limitation any application for exemption or notice of proposed sale pursuant to any securities laws) and take each other action (including without limitation making public any non-public material adverse information with respect to the issuer of any Security), that the Bank deems necessary or desirable to permit the sale or other disposition of any portion of the Collateral with or without registration.  Pledgor shall upon the request of the Bank cause the Collateral to be registered and take each other action including, without limitation, compliance with all applicable “blue sky” and other securities laws and regulations to permit transfer or registration of those items of the Collateral in each jurisdiction which the Bank shall select; and Pledgor shall execute and deliver in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank its indemnity of each underwriter of such Security against all of its liabilities, costs and expenses in connection with the transfer, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

 

ii.             Pledgor acknowledges that compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Act”) may impose limitations on the right of the Bank to sell or otherwise dispose of securities included in the Collateral.  For this reason, Pledgor hereby authorizes the Bank to sell, while an Event of Default exists, any securities included in the Collateral in such manner and to such person as would, in the sole discretion of the Bank, help to ensure the prompt transfer or sale of such securities and shall not require any of such securities to be registered or qualified under any applicable securities law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in any such event the Bank in its sole discretion may (i) proceed to make a private sale notwithstanding that a registration statement for the purpose of registering any of such securities could be or shall have been

 

5



 

filed under the Act; (ii) approach and negotiate with a single possible purchaser to effect such sale; (iii) restrict such sale to a purchaser who will represent and agree that such purchaser is purchasing for its own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale of any of such securities; or (iv) require that any sale hereunder (including a sale at auction) be conducted subject to restrictions (A) as to the financial sophistication and ability of any person permitted to bid or purchase at sale, (B) as to the content of legends to be placed upon any certificates representing the securities sold in such sale, including restrictions on future transfer thereof, (C) as to the representations required to be made by each person bidding or purchasing at such sale relating to that person’s access to financial information about Pledgor or any issuer of any of such securities, such person’s intentions as to the holding of any of such securities so sold for investment, for its own account, and not with a view to the distribution thereof, and (D) as to such other matters as the Bank may, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or appropriate in order that such sale (notwithstanding any failure so to register) may be effected in compliance with the UCC and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights under the Act and all applicable state securities laws.  Pledgor understands that a sale under the above circumstances may yield a substantially lower price for such securities than would otherwise be obtainable if the same were registered and sold in the open market, and Pledgor shall not attempt to hold the Bank responsible for sale of any of such securities at an inadequate price even if the Bank accepts the first offer received or if only one potential purchaser appears or bids at any such sale.  If the Bank shall sell any securities included in the Collateral at a sale, the Bank shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any qualified appraiser, investment banker or broker as to the commercially reasonable price obtainable on the sale thereof but shall not be obligated to obtain such advice or opinion.  Pledgor acknowledges that, notwithstanding the legal availability of a private sale or a sale subject to restrictions of the character described above, the Bank may, in its sole discretion, elect to seek registration of any securities included in the Collateral under the Act (or any applicable state securities laws).  Pledgor hereby assigns to the Bank any registration rights or similar rights Pledgor may have from time to time with respect to any securities included in the Collateral.

 

b.     Substitution of Collateral.   Prior to an Event of Default, Pledgor may request the Bank in writing to liquidate an item of the Collateral held by the Bank and use the Proceeds thereof to purchase substitute items of the Collateral.  If the Bank grants such request, the items purchased with the Proceeds shall constitute part of the Collateral without the need for any additional notice or action by the Bank or Pledgor.

 

c.     Subsequent Changes Affecting Collateral.   Pledgor acknowledges that it has made its own arrangements for keeping informed of changes or potential changes affecting the Collateral including, but not limited to, conversions, subscriptions, exchanges, reorganizations, dividends, tender offers, mergers, consolidations, maturity of bonds or other financial assets and shareholder meetings.  Pledgor agrees that the Bank has no responsibility to inform Pledgor of such matters or to take any action with respect thereto even if any of the Collateral has been registered in the name of the Bank or its agent or nominee.

 

d.     Tax Reporting.   All items of income, gain, expense and loss recognized in any Brokerage Account or any Collateral in the possession of the Bank shall be reported to the Internal Revenue Service and all state and local taxing authorities under the name and taxpayer identification number of Pledgor.

 

e.     Right to Cure.   While an Event of Default exists, the Bank has the right, but not the obligation, to perform at Pledgor’s expense any of Pledgor’s obligations with respect to the Collateral under this Agreement.  Further, at its option, while an Event of Default exists, the Bank may pay and discharge taxes, liens, securities interest or other encumbrances on or adverse claim against the Collateral and Pledgor agrees to reimburse the Bank for any payment made or any expenses incurred (including attorneys’ fees) by the Bank pursuant to the foregoing.

 

9.     DEFAULT.

 

a.     Remedies Upon Default.   At any time, and from time to time, after the occurrence and during the existence of any Event of Default the Bank may take one or more of the following remedies:

 

i.                  Acceleration.   All of the Obligations then owing by Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) to the Bank shall become immediately due and payable, at the sole discretion of the Bank and without any notice, demand, presentment or protest of any kind.  Nothing in this subsection shall render any portion of the Obligations which is payable on demand to be payable otherwise than on demand or shall in any other way affect any right or remedy of the Bank with respect to the Obligations or the Collateral.

 

ii.              Sale of Collateral.

 

(1)          The Bank may, in its sole discretion, transfer and realize upon its interest in any portion of the Collateral by public or private sale or otherwise, without notice to Pledgor including, without limitation, (i) deliver a notice under any Control Agreement to an Institution for the sale or other disposition of the financial assets in a Brokerage Account, (ii) remove any financial asset in a Brokerage Account and register such asset in the Bank’s name or the name of the Bank’s Institution or nominee or any other nominee; (iii) exchange certificates representing any of the Collateral for certificates of larger or smaller denominations; (iv) collect, including by legal action, any notes, checks or other instruments for the payment of money included in the Collateral and compromise or settle with any obligor of any such instrument.

 

(2)    If notice of the time and place of any public sale of any of the Collateral or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof is required by the UCC, Pledgor acknowledges that ten (10) days advance notice shall constitute reasonable notice.  The Bank shall not be obligated to make any sale of any of the Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Bank may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcing at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

 

(3)    If, under the UCC, the Bank may purchase any portion of the Collateral, it may in payment of any part of the purchase price thereof, cancel any part of the Obligations.

 

(4)    If any portion of the Collateral is sold on credit or for future delivery, it need not be retained by the Bank until the purchase price is paid and the Bank shall incur no liability if the purchaser fails to take up or pay for such portion of the Collateral.  In case of any such failure, such portion of the Collateral may be sold again.

 

(5)    Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the purchasers of any portion of the Collateral all instruments and other documents necessary or proper to sell, convey and transfer title to such portion of the Collateral and, if approval of any sale of such portion of the Collateral by any governmental body or officer is required, Pledgor shall prepare or cooperate fully in the preparation of and cause to be filed with such governmental body or officer all

 

6



 

necessary or proper applications, reports, registration statements and forms and do all other things necessary or proper to expeditiously obtain such approval.

 

iii.           Set-off.   The Bank shall have the right but not the obligation to set off against the Obligations any amount owing by the Bank or any of its Affiliates in any capacity to any Pledgor in any capacity.  Such set-off shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately at the time the Bank or such Affiliate elect to do so.

 

iv.           Termination of Commitments.   Any commitment of the Bank to grant any financial accommodation to Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) shall terminate.

 

b.     Application of Proceeds.   Any cash held by the Bank as part of the Collateral and all cash Proceeds of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon any portion of the Collateral may, in the sole discretion of the Bank, be held by the Bank as collateral for, or then or at any time be applied, after payment of the Bank’s Costs (defined below), in whole or in part against, the Obligations or any part thereof in such order as the Bank may elect, in its sole discretion.  Any surplus of such cash or cash Proceeds held by the Bank and remaining after the Bank’s Costs and the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full shall be paid over to Pledgor or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

 

c.     Consent to Change Collateral to Book-Entry or Uncertificated Form.   Pledgor authorizes the Bank and each Institution , while an Event of Default exists, to take, at Pledgor’s expense, all steps necessary to change to appropriate form each certificated item of the Collateral which is eligible for safekeeping in uncertificated form, to be maintained in a Brokerage Account subject to a Control Agreement (if held with an Institution) or to be held by the Bank (subject to the delivery requirements in Section 2(d) hereof).  Pledgor understands that there may be some delay and expense in release of uncertificated items of the Collateral if Pledgor requires its reissue in certificated form and that change to book-entry form for U.S. Treasury securities may not be reversible.

 

d.     Registered Holder of Collateral.   Pledgor authorizes the Bank , while an Event of Default exists, to transfer any of the Collateral into its own name or that of its nominee so that the Bank or its nominee may appear on record as the sole owner thereof; provided, however, notwithstanding such a transfer, the Bank shall refrain from exercising its rights under Section 9 until the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

10.  STANDARD OF CARE.   Other than the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in the Bank’s physical possession, the Bank shall have no responsibility or duty with respect to any of the Collateral or any matter or proceeding arising out of or relating thereto and shall have no liability to Pledgor (or Borrower, if not same) arising from any failure or delay by the Bank.  The Bank shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any portion of the Collateral which is in its possession if the Bank affords such portion of the Collateral treatment substantially equal to the treatment that the Bank accords its own assets of a similar nature; provided, however, that the Bank shall have no duty to sell or convert any of the Collateral whose market value is declining.  In no event shall the Bank be obligated to (a) preserve any right or remedy of Pledgor against any party with respect to any of the Collateral; (b) ascertain any maturity, call, exchange, conversion, redemption, offer, tender or similar matter relating to any of the Collateral or provide notice of any such matter to Pledgor; or (c) provide to Pledgor any communication received by the Bank or its nominee.  Pledgor acknowledges that Pledgor is not looking to the Bank to provide it with investment advice.

 

11.  COSTS AND EXPENSES; INDEMNITY.

 

a.     Bank Costs.   Pledgor agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in enforcing this Agreement, in realizing upon or protecting any of the Collateral (including preserving the value of any of the Collateral) and in enforcing and collecting any of the Obligations or any guaranty thereof, including, without limitation, if the Bank retains counsel for advice, suit, appeal, insolvency or other proceedings under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, or for any of the above purposes, the actual attorneys’ fees incurred by the Bank (collectively “Bank Costs”).  Payment of all Bank Costs is secured by the Collateral.

 

b.     Indemnity.   Pledgor shall indemnify the Bank and its directors, officers and employees, agents and attorneys against, and hold them harmless from, all liabilities, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any of them under the corporate or securities laws applicable to holding, registering or selling any of the Collateral, except for liability, costs or expenses arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank.

 

7



 

12.  MISCELLANEOUS.

 

a.               When all of the Obligations have been discharged in full, the certificated securities and all related stock transfer powers or any remainder thereof shall be promptly released and returned to the Pledgor or such other party as designated by the Pledgor.

 

b.               Remedies Cumulative; Non-Waiver.   The Bank shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and other applicable law as well as those specified by agreement with Pledgor or Borrower.  All rights and remedies of the Bank are cumulative, and no right or remedy shall be exclusive of any other right or remedy.  No single, partial or delayed exercise by the Bank of any right or remedy shall preclude full and timely exercise at any time of any right or remedy of the Bank without notice.  No course of dealing or other conduct, no oral agreement or representation made by the Bank, and no usage of trade, shall operate as a waiver of any right or remedy of the Bank.  No waiver of any right or remedy of the Bank shall be effective unless made specifically in writing by the Bank.

 

c.                Construction This Agreement and any agreement executed in connection herewith contains the entire agreement between the Bank and Pledgor with respect to the Collateral, and supersedes every course of dealing, other conduct, oral agreement and representation previously made by the Bank.  Pledgor expressly disclaims any reliance on any oral representation of the Bank with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement or otherwise.  No change in this Agreement shall be effective unless made in a writing duly executed by the Bank.  This Agreement is a binding obligation enforceable against Pledgor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns.  Each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted as consistent with existing law and shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to comply with any conflicting law.  If a court deems any provision invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in effect.  Pledgor agrees that, in any legal proceeding, a copy of this Agreement kept in the course of the Bank’s business may be admitted into evidence as an original. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, references to plural includes the singular and references to the singular include the plural and “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.  Section headings are for convenience only.  Neuter pronouns shall be construed as masculine or feminine, and singular forms as plural, as appropriate.

 

d.               Guaranty of Obligations.   Solely to the extent required by applicable law to make the Collateral available for payment of the Obligations, Pledgor guarantees the payment of the Obligations, without set-off, counterclaim or other deduction and without limitation as to amount.

 

e.                Waiver of Subrogation.   Pledgor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy which Pledgor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower that arises hereunder or from the performance by Pledgor hereunder including, without limitation, any claim, remedy or right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, contribution or participation in any claim, right or remedy of the Bank against Borrower or any security which the Bank now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise.

 

f.                 Notices.   Any demand or notice hereunder or under any applicable law pertaining hereto shall be in writing and duly given if delivered to Pledgor (at its address on the Bank’s records) or to the Bank (at the address on page one and separately to the Bank officer responsible for Borrower’s relationship with the Bank).  Such notice or demand shall be deemed sufficiently given for all purposes when delivered (i) by personal delivery and shall be deemed effective when delivered, or (ii) by mail or courier and shall be deemed effective three (3) business days after deposit in an official depository maintained by the United States Post Office for the collection of mail or one (1) business day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight courier service (e.g., Federal Express).  Notice by e-mail is not valid notice under this or any other agreement between Pledgor and the Bank.

 

g.               Joint and Several Liability.   If there is more than one Pledgor, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable pursuant to this Agreement and the term “Pledgor” shall include each as well as all of them.

 

h.               Governing Law and Jurisdiction.   This Agreement has been delivered to and accepted by the Bank and will be deemed to be made in the State of New York.  Except as otherwise provided under federal law, this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York excluding its conflict of laws rules.  PLEDGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN A COUNTY OR JUDICIAL DISTRICT WHERE THE BANK MAINTAINS A BRANCH AND CONSENTS THAT THE BANK MAY EFFECT ANY SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER AND AT PLEDGOR’S ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE FOR PROVIDING NOTICE OR DEMAND; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL PREVENT THE BANK FROM BRINGING ANY ACTION, ENFORCING ANY AWARD OR JUDGMENT OR EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS AGAINST PLEDGOR INDIVIDUALLY, AGAINST ANY SECURITY OR AGAINST ANY PROPERTY OF PLEDGOR WITHIN ANY OTHER COUNTY, STATE OR OTHER FOREIGN OR DOMESTIC JURISDICTION.   Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that the venue provided above is the most convenient forum for both the Bank and Pledgor.  Pledgor waives any objection to venue and any objection based on a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Agreement.

 

i.                  Waiver of Jury Trial.  PLEDGOR AND THE BANK HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY PLEDGOR AND THE BANK MAY HAVE IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING, IN LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO. PLEDGOR REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF THE BANK HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WILL NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS JURY TRIAL WAIVER.  PLEDGOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BANK HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.

 

13.  TIN CERTIFICATION.   Under penalties of perjury, Pledgor certifies that: (1) the taxpayer number set forth below is Pledgor’s correct social security or employer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and (2) Pledgor is not subject to backup withholding because (a) Pledgor is exempt from backup withholding; (b) Pledgor has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends; or (c) the IRS has notified Pledgor that it is no longer subject to backup withholding.  CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS:  Pledgor must cross out item (2) if it has been notified by the IRS that Pledgor is currently subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on Pledgor’s tax return.

(Please check here o only if you are subject to backup withholding.)

 

8



 

The IRS does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.

 

Dated: December 16, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

SS#/TIN

16-0470200

 

PLEDGOR:

 

 

 

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas J. Malone

 

By:

/s/Edward J. Gaio

Witness Signature

 

Name: Edward J. Gaio

Douglas J. Malone

 

 

Title: Vice President and CFO

Witness Name Printed

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

: SS.

 

COUNTY OF CHEMUNG

)

 

 

On the 16 th  day of December, in the year 2011, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared EDWARD J. GAIO , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

/s/ Nancy L. Curren

 

Notary Public

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY BANK

 

Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company (the “Bank”), hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has read the Pledge of Securities dated December       , 2011 and the General Security Agreement dated December       , 2011, to which originals of this Acknowledgment are attached and understands and agrees to the terms and provisions contained therein.

 

Dated: December 16, 2011

M&T BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan A. Burtis

 

Name:

Susan A. Burtis

 

Title:

Vice President

 

9



 

SCHEDULE A

to

PLEDGE OF SECURITIES

 

of HARDINGE INC. (“Pledgor”)

 

DESCRIPTION OF PLEDGED SECURITIES

 

1.               Maximum Obligation to Value:                 % OR Minimum Market Value: $                           

 

2.               Initial Market Value: $                                                         

 

3.               List of Collateral for Initial Pledge:

 

o See attached copy of account statement from Institution

 

x See list below or on separate sheet

 

(include: number of shares or face value, issue name, CUSIP number, maturity date)

 

3,250 shares issued by Hardinge Holdings GmbH with a total nominal value of CHF 325,000

 

If Collateral is held by an Institution, also complete the following:

 

4.               Institution Holding Collateral

 

M&T Bank

One Fountain Plaza, 3 rd  Floor

Buffalo, New York 14203

Attention:  David Ducatte Commercial Closing Department

Phone:

 

5.               M&T Collateral Account No. (at Institution):

 

6.

Brokerage Account Title:

M&T Collateral Account for Hardinge Inc.

 

 

(Pledgor)

 

 

 

7.

Statements to:

M&T Bank

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

 

 

(Loan Officer)

 

 




EXHIBIT 10.6

 

NEGATIVE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

Pledgor:         Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc.

 

Borrower:     Hardinge Inc.

 

Bank:               M&T Bank , a New York banking corporation with its principal banking office at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203.  Attention: Office of General Counsel

 

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Pledgor and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

 

1 .             Until such time as all Indebtedness has been irrevocably paid in full, Pledgor will not cause or permit, whether upon the happening of any contingency or otherwise, any of Pledgor’s assets indicated below (check appropriate box(es) below):

 

o             all Pledgor’s personal property assets, including, without limitation, all accounts, chattel paper, investment property, deposit accounts, documents, equipment, farm products, fixtures, general intangibles (including intellectual property), instruments, inventory, causes of action (including tort claims), and all proceeds and products thereof,

 

x    Pledgor’s interest in the real property located at One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York , and/or as more particularly described on the attached Schedule A,

 

o             certain assets of Pledgor, more particularly described as follows or on the attached Schedule A:

                                                                                                                                                               ,

 

whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever located (collectively, the AProperty@), to be transferred or conveyed, or to become subject to any lien, mortgage, security interest, tax lien, warrant or any other encumbrance, except in favor of the Bank.

 

2 .             “Indebtedness” shall mean either (check appropriate box below):

 

x           any and all indebtedness owed by Borrower to the Bank, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, of every kind and character, direct or indirect, and whether such indebtedness is from time to time reduced and thereafter increased, or entirely extinguished and thereafter reincurred, including, without limitation:  (i) indebtedness not yet outstanding, but contracted for, or with respect to which any other commitment by the Bank exists; (ii) all interest provided in any instrument, document, or agreement which accrues on any indebtedness until payment of such indebtedness in full; (iii) any credit or financial accommodations extended by the Bank to Borrower after the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against Borrower under Title 11 of the United States Code, or otherwise, and (iv) any sums owed by Borrower to others which the Bank has obtained, or may obtain, by assignment or otherwise.

 

o             any and all indebtedness owed by Borrower to the Bank pursuant to a certain note dated                         , 20        , in the original principal amount of $                                  , given by Borrower to the Bank, and any amendments, modifications or replacements thereto.

 



 

3.                                       Borrower understands and acknowledges that the Bank is relying upon this Agreement as additional security in connection with the Indebtedness, and that any breach of this Agreement by Pledgor shall constitute an event of default under the terms of any agreement evidencing the Indebtedness and Borrower’s obligations for the payment thereof (collectively, the “Loan Documents”). Upon the breach of this Agreement by Pledgor, the Bank may take such actions and enforce such remedies as the Bank may deem necessary or appropriate, under the terms of any Loan Document or pursuant to applicable law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to alter the demand nature of the Indebtedness (if applicable) or any financial accommodation provided by the Bank to Borrower in connection therewith.

 

4.                                       All the rights and remedies of the Bank pursuant to this Agreement and any other document executed by Pledgor or Borrower shall be cumulative, and no such right or remedy shall be exclusive of any other such right or remedy.

 

5.                                       Pledgor agrees that the Bank, after the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Loan Documents , may record this Agreement in the real property records or other governmental offices wherever any Property is located.

 

6.                                       If Pledgor and Borrower are not the same person or entity, then the term “Pledgor”, as used in this Agreement, shall be deemed to include, individually and collectively, Pledgor and Borrower.

 

WITNESS the due execution hereof as a SEALED instrument, and the delivery hereof to the Bank this 16 th  day of December, 2011.

 

HARDINGE TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Simons

 

Name:

Richard L. Simons

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward J. Gaio

 

Name:

Edward J. Gaio

 

Title:

Vice President and CFO

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

: SS.

COUNTY OF CHEMUNG

)

 

 

On the 16 th  day of December in the year 2011 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared RICHARD L. SIMONS personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s) or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

/s/ Nancy L. Curren

 

Notary Public

 



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

 

 

: SS.

COUNTY OF CHEMUNG

)

 

 

On the 16 th  day of December in the year 2011 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared EDWARD J. GAIO personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s) or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

/s/ Nancy L. Curren

 

Notary Public

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Town of Horseheads

Tax Map Nos. 69.05-2-3.1, 69.05-2-3.4 and a portion of 69.09-4-62

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND, situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York, bounded and described as follows: Beginning at an iron pin in the easterly line of lands of Erie Railroad Company, which is also the northwest corner of Lot 194 of Oakwoods Estates Subdivision as said lot is designated on a map of said Subdivision filed in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office as Case Map Number 613; thence (1) North 2’ 30’ West along lands of said Railroad Company a distance of 450.51 feet to a point; thence (2) North 8’ 18’ East, along lands of said Eric Railroad Company distance of 2060.54 feet to a point; thence (3) South 81 ‘ 42’ East; along the southerly line of lands conveyed to Village of Horseheads by Ida Slayton and others, by deed recorded in Chemung County Clerk’s Office in Liber 283 of Deeds at page 496, a distance of 1277.20 feet to a point in the westerly line of the right of way of Delaware, Lackawanna and Western Railroad Company; thence (4) southeasterly along said westerly line of the right of way of said Railroad Company a distance of 1040.20 feet along the arc of a curve, to a point of tangency, said curve having a chord of 1037.77 feet, the bearing of which is South 6’ 29’ East; thence (5) South 1’ 40’ East , along the lands of said Delaware, Lackawanna and Western Railroad Company a distance of 1399.05 feet to an iron pin; thence (6) South 88’ 20’ West a distance of 690.76 feet to an iron pin at the northeasterly corner of the aforementioned Oakwoods E states Subdivision; thence (7) North 81’ 38’ West, along the northerly line of said Subdivision, a distance of 959.93 feet to the place of beginning, and containing 87 acres, more or less.

 

EXCEPTING AND RESERVING all that certain tract or parcel of land previously conveyed by Koppers to the City of Elmira, by deed dated September 24, 1963, which is recorded or is to be recorded in said County Clerk’s Office, bounded and described as follows: Beginning at an iron pin in the easterly line of lands of Eric Railroad Company which is also the Northwest corner of Lot 194 of Oakwoods Estates Subdivision as said lot is designated on a map of said Subdivision filed in Chemung County Clerk’s Office as case map 613; thence N 2’ 30’ W along the common line of land of said railroad company and the party of the first part a distance of 450.51 feet to an iron pin; thence N 8’ 18’ E along said common line of lands a distance of 1,462.6 feet to an iron pin; thence through lands of the party of the first part the following courses and distances; S 0’ 2’ E a distance of 1,273 feet to an iron pin; thence S 44’ 23’ W a distance of 100 feet to an iron pin; thence S 36’ 10’ W a distance of 86.7 feet to an iron pin; thence S 6’ 59’ W a distance of 41.7 feet to an iron pin; thence S 1’ 34’ W a distance of 101.6 feet to an iron pin; thence S 3’ 39’ E a distance of 157.73 feet to an iron pin; thence S 30’ 49’ E a distance of 149.55 feet to an iron pin; thence S 81’ 39’ E a distance of 86.75 feet to an iron pin; thence S 1 ‘ 2’ W a distance of 70.6 feet to an iron pin on the southerly line of lands of the party of the first part and the northerly line of the aforementioned Oakwoods Estates Subdivision; thence along the aforementioned line N 81’ 38’ W a distance of 214.2 feet to the point and place of beginning, containing 3.7 acres, more or less.

 

BEING the same premises conveyed to Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed dated February 28, 1964 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office in Book 562 of Deeds at page 1169.

 

FURTHER EXCEPTING AND RESERVING premises appropriated by the State of New York and designated as Parcels 120 and 121 on Map No. 112 from P. S. C 17460 Elmira Heights Elimination Grade Crossing.

 

FURTHER EXPECTING AND RESERVING, premises conveyed to Fairway Spring Co., Inc. by deed from Hardinge Brothers, Inc. dated April 2, 1974 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office on April 4, 1974 in Liber No. 631 of Deeds at page 512 and described as follows:

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND, situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York more particularly bounded and described as follows:

 



 

Commencing at an iron pin which is distant the following courses and distances from the southwest limit of Hemlock Street as is deadends as shown on Chemung County Clerk’s Office Case Map 651 termed “Mayfair Plot”, said southwest corner also being the northwest corner of Lot No. 202 on said map, thence south 11° 00’ 00” east a distance of 116.21 feet to a point in the northerly line of the premises described hereinafter described; thence south 81° 13’ 00” east a distance of 51.20 feet to an iron pin marking the place of beginning; thence from the place of beginning south 1° 07’ 03” east a distance of 455.00 feet to an iron pin; thence south 88° 52’ 57” west a distance of 255.00 feet to an iron pin; thence north 7° 28’ 01 west a distance of 512.54 feet to an iron pin; thence south 81° 13’ 00” east a distance of 316.40 feet to the iron pin marking the place of beginning, containing 3.119 acres.

 

ALSO, all that certain piece or parcel of land situated in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung, State of New York, which was conveyed by deed dated September 19, 1881 from Abram B. Rockwell and wife to the New York, Lackawanna and Western Railway Company (now by merger Erie-Lackawanna Railroad Company), recorded in Liber No. 76 at page 585 of Chemung County Deed Records, excepting therefrom all that portion lying between the northerly line of now or formerly Oakwood Avenue and the southerly boundary line of the above mentioned conveyance.

 

Containing 9.95 acres, more or less.

 

ALSO those two certain other parcels or strips of land situated in the Town, County and State aforesaid, which were conveyed by deed dated June 12, 1882 from Abram B. Rockwell and wife to the New York, Lackawanna and Western Railway Company, recorded in Liber No 80 at page 251 of Chemung County Deed Records, excepting therefrom all that portion of each parcel or strip which lies between the northerly line of now or formerly Oakwood Avenue and the southerly boundaries of said parcels or strips.

 

These last mentioned parcels or strips are each six inches in width and adjoin the easterly and westerly boundary lines of the first mentioned parcel herein conveyed by said deed dated September 19, 1881.

 

BEING the same premises conveyed to Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed from the Erie- Lackawanna Railroad Company dated July 13, 1966 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office in Liber 576 of Deeds at page 156.

 

ALSO, all that tract or parcel of land situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung, State of New York, and more particularly described as follows: Beginning at the point where the Easterly line of Vermont Avenue intersects with the Southerly line of the land of Grantor; thence from said point of beginning through lands of Grantor the following six courses and distances: (1) North 2’ 15’ West, 7 feet to a point, (2) North 82’ 45’ East, 150 feet to a point, (3) North 37’ 0’ East, 35 feet to a point, (4) South 67’ 0’ East, 50 feet to a point, (5) South 42’ 0’ East, 50 feet to a point, (6) South 5’ 0’ East, 27 feet to a point in the Southerly boundary line of the lands of Grantor; thence along the said Southerly boundary line of lands of Grantor South 88’ 20’ West, 162 feet to a point; thence continuing along said Southerly boundary line North 81’ 38’ West, 135.21 feet the point and place of beginning, containing .2 acre, more or less .

 

BEING the same premises conveyed to Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed dated November 21, 1960 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office in Liber 539 of Deeds at Page 155.

 

ALSO, all that tract or parcel of land situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York and more particularly described as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point on the easterly boundary of lands of Hardinge Brothers, Inc., N . 01° 22’ 57” W. a distance of 1235.71 feet from an iron pin at the intersection of said easterly boundary of the northerly boundary of Oakwood Avenue; thence S. 87° 52’ 29” W., through

 

2



 

the lands of Hardinge Brothers, Inc., to and along the northerly face of existing plant a total distance of 625.39 feet in a point; thence continuing through said lands the following three (3) courses and distances: 1) N. 47° 07’ 31” W., a distance of 113.14 feet to a point; 2) N. 02° 07’ 31” W., a distance of 287.00 feet to a point; 3) N. 87° 52’ 29” E., a distance of 76.015 feet to a point on said easterly boundary of Hardinge Brothers, Inc.; thence S . 01° 22’ 57” E., along said easterly boundary, a distance of 367.03 feet to the point or place of beginning, being 6.311 acres of lands, more or less.

 

BEING a portion of the premises conveyed to the party of the first part by deed dated 28” day of February, 1969, and recorded in the  Chemung County Clerk’s Office on the 5th day of March, 1969, in Liber 562 of Deeds at page 1169, and by a deed dated the 13 th   of January, 1966, and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office on February 28, 1966 in Liber 576 of Deeds, at page 156.

 

ALSO, the free and uninterrupted use, liberty and privilege of and passage in and over the following described easement for truck and dock access of lands adjacent to the above described parcel and more particularly described as follows:

 

COMMENCING at the northeast corner of the above described parcel; thence S. 87 ° 52’29” W., a distance of 170.50 feet to the point of beginning; thence N. 02° 07’31” W., a distance of 145.00 feet to a point; thence S. 87° 52’29” W., a distance of 120.00 feet to a point; thence S. 02°07’31” B., a distance of 145.00 feet to a point on the northerly boundary of the above described parcel; thence N . 87°52’29” E., along said northerly boundary, a distance of 120.00 feet to the point or place of beginning, being 0.399 Acre or 17,400 square feet of land, more or less.

 

ALSO, the right of free ingress, egress and regress to and from the grantee herein, its successors and assigns, its and their tenants, occupiers or possessors of the above described property and ground and the right to construct, reconstruct and perpetually maintain water, sewer, gas and electric lines and other utilities, lines or connections over, under and through the following described parcel of land:

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND, situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York, and more particularly described as follows:

 

COMMENCING at an iron pin at the intersection of the easterly line of lands now or formerly of “Leo Smith” (L.292, P.48) and the northerly boundary of Oakwood Avenue, said pin being shown on Case Map 1277 filed in the Chemung County Clerk’s office; thence N. 71 ° 05’ 00” E. along the last mentioned highway boundary, a distance of 7.45 feet to the point of beginning; thence N. 02° 07’ 31” W., through the lands of Hardinge Brothers, Inc. to and along the easterly face of the existing plant building, a total distance of 1283.22 feet to a point; thence N . 87° 52’ 29” E., a distance of 60.00 feet to a point; thence S. 02° 07’ 31” E., a distance of 1265.12 feet to a point on said northerly boundary of Oakwood Avenue; thence S. 71° 05’ 00” W., along the last mentioned highway boundary, a distance of 62.67,feet to the point or place of beginning, being 1.755 Acres or 76,450 square feet of land, more or less.

 

ALSO, the right of access to any right of way for water, sewer and public utility adjacent to the premises herein conveyed for the purpose of performing maintenance on said conveyed premises provided that any such access shall in no way interfere with the use of the rights of way involved. Subject to such utility easements and rights of way as may be recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s office.

 

BEING the same premises conveyed by deed from Hardinge Brothers, Inc. to Chemung County Industrial Development Agency by deed dated December 1, 1980 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office in Liber 677 of Deeds at page 1080.

 

3



 

Town of Horseheads

Portion of Tax Map No. 69.09-4-62

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York bounded and described as follows: Commencing at a concrete monument set at the intersection of the northerly line of Oakwood Avenue and the westerly right-of-way limit of Delaware, Lackawanna and Western Railroad Company; south 71° 05’ west 105.40 feet to an iron pin set in the southeast corner of a parcel of land deeded to Leo G. Smith by deed recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office on July 25, 1936 in Liber 292 of Deeds at page 48; running thence north 26° 37’ west along the easterly line of the parcel so conveyed to Leo G. Smith 234.80 feet to an iron pin set in the northeast corner of the parcel so conveyed to Smith; running thence on the same course (north 26° 37’ west) 90.20 feet to an Iron pin; running thence south 64° 27’ west 278.00 feet to a point in the center of a creek; from thence along the center of said creek as it now exists the following courses and distances: east 76.00 feet, south 55’ 49’ east 30.00 feet, south 21° 21’ east 167.00 feet, south 43° 39’ east 161.65 feet to a point on the north side of Oakwood Avenue; running thence south 43° 00’ west along the northerly line of Oakwood Avenue 167.00 feet to a bolt; running thence north 38° 32’ west along the easterly line of Oakwood Estates Subdivision 448.68 feet to an iron pin; running thence north 2° 15’ west along the easterly boundary of Oakwood Estates Subdivision 1203.70 feet to an iron pin; running thence north 88° 35’ east along the southerly line of lands deeded to Koppers Company, Inc. by Joel II. Carroll recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office on October 22, 1953 in Liber 416 of Deeds at page 392, 690.76 feet to an iron pin set in the westerly right-of-way limit of Delaware, Lackawanna and Western Railroad Company; running thence south 1 ° 25’ east along the westerly right-of-way limit of the Delaware, Lackawanna and Western Railroad Company 1223.73 feet to a concrete monument located at the place of beginning.

 

BEING the same premises conveyed to Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed dated July 12, 1954 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office in Liber 421 of Deeds at Page 227.

 

ALSO, ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York bounded and described as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a point marking the southwest corner of lands now or formerly of Hardinge Brothers, Inc. (Liber 500, Page 468), said point also marking the southwest corner of Lot No. 56 of Case Map 613; thence N 87° 07’ 00” E a distance of 132.80 feet to an iron pin; thence S 2° 53’ 00” E a distance of 30.00 feet to an iron pin; thence S 87° 07’ 00” W a distance of 132.80 feet to an iron pin situate in the easterly line of Vermont Avenue; thence N 2° 53’ 00” W along the easterly line of Vermont Avenue a distance of 30.00 feet to the point marking the place of beginning. Being shown as the northerly one-half of Stewart Street as set forth on the survey map by Dennis J. Wieland L.S., dated August 5, 1994 and designated Job No. 94392-D.

 

Together with an easement for ingress and egress by foot or vehicle over the following described parcel:

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York bounded and described as follows: Beginning at an iron pin marking the eastern terminus of the centerline of Stewart Street as set forth on a survey map of Stewart Street by Dennis J. Wieland L.S. dated August 5, 1994 and designated Job No. 94392-D; thence S 2 ° 53’ 00” E a distance of 10.00 feet to a point; thence S 87° 07’ 00” W a distance of 15.00 feet to a point; thence N 2° 53’ 00” W a distance of 10.00 feet to a point; thence N 87° 07’ 00” E a distance of 15.00 feet to the iron pin marking the place of beginning.

 

4



 

BEING the same premises conveyed to Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed dated October 4, 1994 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office on October 6, 1994 in Fiche 413, Page 148.

 

Town of Horseheads
Tax Map No. 69.04-4-34

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND, situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York and being known as Lots Numbered Fifty-Six (56), Fifty-Seven (57), Fifty-Eight (58) , Fifty-Nine (59), Sixty (60) and Sixty-One (61) on a map or plat of Oakwood Estates which is recorded in aforesaid county as Case Map No 613. Reference is hereby made to aforesaid plat and record for further description.

 

BEING the same premises conveyed to the Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed from Douglas G. Anderson and wife dated May 19, 1954 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office in Volume 500 of Deeds at Page 468.

 

Town of Horseheads

Tax Map No. 69.09-4-59.1 & 69.09-4-59.2

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND, situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York, bounded and described as follows: Commencing at an iron pin situate N . 26 ° 37’ W 234.80 feet from another iron pin set in the southeast corner of a parcel of land deeded to Leo G. Smith by deed recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s office on July 25, 1936 in Liber 292 of Deeds at page 248; running thence N 26° 37’ W along premises of Hardinge Inc. 90.20 feet to an iron pin ; running thence S 64° 27’ W along a southerly line of Hardinge Inc. 278 feet to an iron pin situate in the centerline of a creek which pin is also situate in the southwesterly line of lands of Hardinge Inc.; running thence along the centerline of a creek and premises of Hardinge Inc, in the following courses and distances: 1) S 15° 10’ E 76 feet; 2) S 55° 49’ E 30 feet; 3) S 21° 21’ E 167 feet; 4) S 43° 39’ E 161.65 feet to a point situate in the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue, which point is also situate N 43° 0’ E 167 feet from a bolt marking the southeast corner Oakwood Estates Subdivision; running thence along the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue N 43° 0 E 110.10 feet to an iron pin marking the southwest corner of lands so deeded to Leo G. Smith above referred to; running thence along Smith’s west line N 46 ° 19’ W 152.60 feet to an iron pin; running thence N 54° 19’ E along Smith’s north line 96.10 feet to an iron pin; running thence N 30° 41’ W along Smith’s west line 130.80 feet to an iron pin; running thence N 64° 27’ E along Smith’s north line 107.0 feet to the iron pin set at the place of beginning.

 

The above described premises are more particularly set forth on a survey map by Weiler Associated dated May 5, 1995 and designated Job No. 3601.01 and are bounded and described as follows:

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND, situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York, bounded and described as follows: Commencing at a point situate in the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue, at the southernmost corner of lands now or formerly of Wallis, (L.823, P.16); thence S 43 ° 00’ 00” W along the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue, a distance of 110.93 feet to a point situate in the center of a creek; thence along the center of said creek and along the northeasterly line of premises of Hardinge Inc. the following courses and distances: (1) N 46° 10’ 31” W a distance of 130.52 feet to a point, (2) N 23° 43’ 50” W a distance of 97.78 feet to a point (3) N 23° 43’ 50” W a distance of 99.48 feet to a point, (4) N 26° 33’ 53” W a distance of 48.13 feet, (5) N 18° 03’ 26” W a distance of 54.23 feet to a point; thence N 64° 27’ 00” E along the southerly line of lands of Hardinge Inc. a distance of 272.44 feet to an iron pin; thence S 26° 37’00” E along the westerly line of lands of Hardinge Inc. a distance of 90.20 feet to a point; thence S 64° 27” 00” W a distance of 107.00 feet to an iron pin; thence S

 

5



 

30° 41’ 00” E a distance of 130.80 feet to an iron pin; thence S 54° 19’ 13” W a distance of 30.10 feet to an iron pin; thence continuing S 54° 19’ 13” W along the northerly line of said Wallis, a distance of 66.00 feet to an iron pin; thence S 45° 41’ 00” E a distance of 152.60 feet to the point situate in the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue marking the place of beginning. Said premises are shown as parcels A and B on a survey map entitled, “Division of Lands of William F. and Edith E. Taft, situate in the Town of Horseheads, Chemung County, New York” by Weiler Associates, dated May 5, 1995 and designated Job No. 3601.01, a copy of which is attached hereto.

 

BEING the same premises conveyed to Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed from Edith E. Taft dated June 8, 1995 and recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office in June 8, 1995 in Fiche 482 at Page 0018.

 

EXCEPTING AND RESERVING ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York, bounded and described as follows: Beginning at a point situate in the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue, which point is 526.2 ± feet northeasterly along the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue from the intersection of the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue and the northerly line of Vermont Avenue; thence N 46° 10’ 32” W a distance of 130.52 feet to a point; thence N 23° 43’ 50” W a distance of 44.69 feet to a point; thence N 54° 19’ 13” E through an iron pin situate at a distance of 11.79 feet, a total distance of 91.79 feet to an iron pin; thence S 47° 08’ 52” E a distance of 153.54 feet to a point situate in the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue; thence S 43° 00’ 00” W along the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue a distance of 109.93 feet to the point marking the place of beginning. Said premises are designated as Parcel B on the attached survey map entitled “Division of Lands of Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc., Town of Horseheads, Chemung County, New York” by Weiler Associates, dated November 15, 2007, designated Job No. 14097.

 

ALSO, EXCEPTING AND RESERVING ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York, bounded and described as follows: Beginning at a point situate in the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue which point is 636.13 ± feet northeasterly along the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue from the intersection of the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue and the northerly line of Vermont Avenue; thence N 47° 08’ 52” W a distance of 153.54 feet to an iron pin; thence N 54° 19’ 13” E a distance of 5.00 feet to an iron pin; thence S 45° 41’ 00” E a distance of 152.60 to a point situate in the northwesterly line of Oakwood Avenue; thence S 43° 00’ 00” W a distance of 1.00 feet to the point marking the place of beginning. The premises are designated as Parcel C on a survey map entitled “Division of Lands of Hardinge Technology Systems Inc., Town of Horseheads, Chemung County, New York” by Weiler Associates dated November 15, 2007, designated Job No. 14097.

 

Town of Horseheads

Tax Map No. 69.10-2-67

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York, and being known as Lots No. One Hundred Forty Two (142) and No. One Hundred Forty Three (143) on a map or plat of Fairview, Addition #2, which is recorded in aforesaid County as Case Map 583. Reference is hereby made to aforesaid plat and record for further description.

 

EXCEPTING: ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York bounded and described as follows: Beginning at a PK nail set in the westerly line of Grand Central Avenue at the intersection of the westerly line of Grand central Avenue with the southerly line of Oakwood Avenue, which PK Nail also represents the northeast corner of Lot 143 as shown on a map recorded in the Chemung County Clerks’s Office as Case Map No. 583; thence running S 6° 23’ 00” W along the westerly line of Grand Central Avenue a distance of 49.21 feet to an iron pin set; thence running N 83° 20’ 46” W a distance of 162.17 feet to an iron pin set in the southerly

 

6



 

line of Oakwood Avenue; thence running N 79 ° 45’ 00” E along the southerly line of Oakwood Avenue a distance of 169.25 feet to the PK nail marking the place of beginning. Being shown as Lot “B” on the attached map entitled “Map of Proposed Lot “B”, Being Part of the Lands of Hardinge Inc.” by Daniel L. Walter, Licensed Land Surveyor dated 12/97 and designated Job No. 96.050 Ex.

 

ALSO EXCEPTING a ten foot wide perpetual utility easement adjoining the above described property on the south for the following  purposes: to construct, reconstruct, extend, operate and inspect, maintain, and remove at its pleasures, above and below ground utilities as deemed fit by the Grantee within the following described parcel of land: ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York bounded and described as follows: Beginning at the iron pin situate in the westerly line of Grand Central Avenue which iron pin marks the southeast corner of the above described parcel of land; thence running S 06° 23’ 00” W along the westerly line of Grand Central Avenue a distance of 10.00 feet to a point; thence N 83° 20’ 46” W a distance of approximately 163 +/- feet to a point situate in the westerly line of Lot No. 143 of Case Map #583; thence N 02° 07’ 00” W a distance of 10.00 +/- feet to an iron pin situate in the southerly line of Oakwood Avenue; thence S 83° 20’ 46” E a distance 162.17 feet to the iron pin marking the place of beginning. Being depicted as a 10’ Utility Easement on the aforementioned map by Daniel L. Walter.

 

TOGETHER with the right to the use of the ground located within said ten foot utility easement provided that such use will not interfere with or obstruct the grantee’s use of said easement and shall not disturb the grade of said ground as it now exists.

 

Town of Horseheads

Tax Map No. 69.10-2-25

 

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the Town of Horseheads, County of Chemung and State of New York bounded and described as follows: Beginning at an iron pin standing at the northwest corner of Rockwell Avenue and Oakwood Avenue as laid down on a plot of lots known as Fairview No. 2 a map of which is filed in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office as Case Map No. 583 and running as the magnetic needle pointed in the year 1918 N. 1° 51’ E. along the west line of said Rockwell Avenue 98.8 feet to an iron pin; thence N . 88° 09’ W. 104.77 feet to an iron pin standing in the east right of way line of the D. L. & W. Railroad; thence S. 2° 08’ E. along the east right of way line of the said D. L. & W. Railroad 119.71 feet to an iron pin standing in the north line of said Oakwood Avenue 98.64 feet to the place of beginning; being the southerly portion of lots 148 and 149 as laid down on a plot of lots known as Fairview No. 2, a map of which is filed in the Chemung County Clerk’s Office as Case Map 583. Subject to the restrictions of record.

 

BEING the same premises conveyed to Hardinge Brothers, Inc. by deed recorded in the Chemung County Clerk’s office on May 19, 1999 in Fiche 1028. Page 368.

 

7




EXHIBIT 10.7

 

POST CLOSING AGREEMENT

 

THIS POST-CLOSING AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of December       , 2011, by and between HARDINGE INC., a New York corporation having an address of One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902 (“Borrower”), HARDINGE TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC., a New York corporation having an address of One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902 (“Guarantor”), and M&T BANK    , a New York banking corporation with banking offices at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14240, Attention: Office of General Counsel (“Lender”).

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain commitment letter dated October 31, 2011 (“Commitment Letter”), Lender agreed to make a loan to Borrower in the amount of Twenty-Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000,000.00) (the “Loan”).  The Loan will be evidenced by a Replacement Daily Adjusting LIBOR Revolving Line Note in the total principal amount of $25,000,000.00 by Borrower to the order of Lender (the “Note”).  The Note is secured by, among other things, a Credit Agreement, a Guaranty, a Negative Pledge Agreement, a General Security Agreement and a Restated Pledge of Securities Agreement, all of even date herewith (collectively with the Note, the “Loan Documents”).

 

A.             Borrower acknowledges that as part of the consideration for the Loan, Lender has received a pledge of sixty-five percent (65%) of the stock of Hardinge Holdings GmbH, a foreign subsidiary of Borrower (the “Holding Co.”) (the “Pledge”).  It is the understanding of the parties hereto that other than Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited and Canadian Hardinge Machine Tool Ltd., both of which are 100% owned by Borrower, all of the stock in Borrower’s foreign subsidiaries is currently directly or indirectly held by Holding Co.

B.             Borrower and Guarantor acknowledge that Lender and its counsel are requiring certain items that have not been provided as of the closing date.

C.             Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Lender will not make the Loan in the absence of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Lender making the Loan to Borrower and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.               The above recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

2.               Borrower agrees to obtain an opinion letter from New York counsel regarding the authority and due execution of the Pledge by Borrower (the “New York Opinion”).  Borrower also agrees to obtain an opinion letter from its Swiss counsel opining as to the authority and enforceability of the Pledge by Holding Co. relative to the foreign stock or assets of Holding Co. (the “Swiss Opinion”).  Both the New York Opinion and the Swiss Opinion are to be substantially the same as the prior opinions on the same subject delivered to Lender in connection with the $10,000,000 Revolving Loan dated December 10, 2009.

 



 

3.               Borrower shall provide the items in Paragraph 2 above by December 30, 2011 .

 

4.               Event of Default .  Borrower’s and Guarantor’s failure to perform their obligations by the dates stated herein shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Documents.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties below have entered into this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward J. Gaio

 

 

Name:

Edward J. Gaio

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

 

HARDINGE TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Simons

 

 

Name:

Richard L. Simons

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

M&T BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan A. Burtis

 

 

Name:

Susan A. Burtis

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 




EXHIBIT 10.15

 

FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT FOR MORTGAGE LOAN

between

 

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG, Heiligkreuzstrasse 28, 9009 St. Gallen

(hereinafter referred to as the “Borrower”)

 

and

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG

Mailing address: P.O. Box 358, 9001 St. Gallen

Contact address: St. Leonhardstrasse 3, 9000 St. Gallen

(the lender, hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”)

 

Amount of Credit Facility

 

CHF 3,000,000.00

 

The amount of the credit facility is reduced by the sum of the amortizations and other loan repayments made.

 

Utilization

 

Within the limits of the available credit facility, the Borrower and the Bank mutually agree on one or more credit products and, if applicable, their fixed terms. For individual credit products, the fixed term can consist of an aggregate term that is divided into several partial terms.

 

The relevant agreements are made without complying with any requirements as to form; an oral agreement, in particular, is sufficient to be binding. The agreements will be confirmed by the Bank in writing, but without a signature.

 

Repayment / Prolongation

 

Fixed-term loans must be repaid at the end of the term or the aggregate term unless the Borrower has entered into a new agreement with the Bank at least two bank working days before this date. If no such agreement has been made and the framework agreement has not been terminated, the Bank is entitled, but not obliged, to convert the loan into an adjustable-rate mortgage; this is made known to the Borrower in writing, however without a signature.

 

For a credit product with an aggregate term, if the Borrower did not agree with the Bank a new partial term for the continued use of the product or the use of another mortgage product by three bank working days before the expiry of a partial term at the latest, the product is automatically prolonged with an adjusted interest rate (see “Interest Rate” below) and the same partial term, which may not, however, exceed the final date of the aggregate term

 

The mortgage amortization shall be CHF 150’000.00 per half year, the first time at 30 June 2012.

 

Amortization

 

 

If the final valuation of the mortgaged property shows a lower value than the current estimation, the Bank may request a higher installment than mentioned before. Otherwise, installments and method of payment as well as modifications to the amortization amount are mutually agreed. This agreement is made without complying with any requirements as to form; an oral agreement, in particular, is sufficient to be binding. The agreement will be confirmed by the Bank in writing, but without a signature.

 

Interest rate

 

The interest rate of loans that do not have a fixed term is determined by the Bank. The interest rate is based on the prevailing conditions in the money and capital

 



 

 

 

markets, the risk assessment of the Bank and the margin determined by the Bank. The Bank may at any time and with immediate effect adjust the interest rate to reflect changes in these elements.

 

The interest rate of fixed-term loans is mutually agreed by the Borrower and the Bank. This agreement is made without complying with any requirements as to form; an oral agreement, in particular, is sufficient to be binding.

 

For credit products with an aggregate term, the calculation of the interest rate is based on the basic rate to be agreed (e.g. LIBOR) for the currency in question and the applicable partial term. The basic rate is increased by an agreed surcharge which takes account of the Bank’s margin as well as the risk assessment. In the event of automatic prolongation, the basic rate valid for the currency and new partial term in question and the surcharge for this basic rate apply.

 

The interest rates will be confirmed in each case in writing by the Bank but without a signature.

 

If the currently valid equity capital requirements are increased through measures by authorities or provisions of law, the Bank is entitled to increase the applicable interest rate by the amount of the resulting additional borrowing costs.

 

Interest due dates

 

March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 , or in accordance with the separate agreements (see “Utilization” above)

 

Interest on arrears

 

If the Borrower does not pay the interest by the interest due date, an interest penalty of 2% above the agreed interest rate shall be paid as from the due date.

 

Interest payments and amortization payments

 

On the due date, interest payments and amortization payments shall be debited to an account with the bank.

 

The Borrower undertakes to make the applicable amount available in this account on the due date.

 

The Bank’s rights under the collateral agreement extend to cover any debit balance on such an account arising from the amounts debited for the interest payments or amortization payments.

 

Fees

 

The Bank may charge fees for reviewing, changing, monitoring and managing the credit facility and the individual loans as well as for extraordinary expenses. The Bank is entitled to introduce or amend fees at any time. The Bank will inform the Borrower of its fees and any amendments thereof in an appropriate manner. The applicable fees may be viewed at the Bank.

 

Mortgage collateral

 

Collateral Agreement: The Bank owns or acquires the creditors’ rights to the bearer, registered or paperless mortgage notes or bearer bonds with mortgage assignment given below (hereinafter: mortgage notes):

 

CHF 3’000’00.00 bearer mortgage note (“Inhaberschuldbrief”), first ranking bearer mortgage note, no prior ranking,

 

on the building at Gärtliszälg, 8590 Romanshorn, land register Romanshorn, land register No. 1668

 

Scope of security

 

The claims for capital payment from the mortgage notes provide the Bank with security for all claims against the Borrower(s) [as individual debtor(s) and/or joint debtor(s)] which arise from contracts already concluded or contracts to be

 



 

 

 

concluded in the future within the scope of the business relationship with the Bank, as well as for all costs connected with such claims and their interest, as well as the commissions, fees, charges, costs, and early repayment penalties, etc. (hereinafter referred to as secured claims). In contrast, the interest on the mortgage note claims provides the Bank with security for all interest on the secured claims.

 

Multiple claims

 

In the event of multiple secured claims against one or several Borrowers, the Bank shall determine to which of these claims the mortgage notes or their realization proceeds are to be allocated.

 

Acknowledgement of debt

 

The Provider(s) of Collateral hereby explicitly acknowledge(s) his/ her/their personal (joint, in the event of several Providers of Collateral ) financial liability arising from the mortgage notes assigned to the Bank amounting to the sum of the claims for capital payment, in addition to the current and three-year accrued interest. This acknowledgement of debt is valid irrespective of any stipulations in the mortgage deeds (if any). If the Provider(s) of Collateral is/are not the mortgage note debtor(s), he/she/they hereby declare joint and several liability for the debt to the extent detailed above. The interest rate of the mortgage note claims is stipulated to be 5%; should a higher interest or maximum interest rate have been determined for a mortgage note, this shall be regarded as the interest rate of the mortgage note claim.

 

Deed claims and credit claims

 

The Bank may enforce the mortgage note claims instead of the secured claims. The Bank is also entitled to enforce the secured claims prior to and independently of the mortgage note claims.

 

Calling in mortgage note claims

 

Should the Borrower default on at least one of the secured claims, the Bank is entitled to call in the mortgage notes with a period of notice of three months to the end of a month. Insofar as the Borrower(s) default(s) on the payment of interest or amortization, the Bank is entitled to call in the payment with immediate effect. This shall apply irrespective of any stipulations in the mortgage deeds (if any).

 

Increase and conver-sion of mortgage notes

 

In the event that a mortgage note is increased or converted into another type of mortgage note, this Agreement shall also apply.

 

Reassignment of mortgage notes

 

As soon as the Bank is no longer in possession of any secured claim(s) against the Borrower, the Bank is obliged to transfer the mortgage notes back to the Provider(s) of Collateral. Should a third party who has provided personal or tangible security (e.g. surety bond, third-party pledge) satisfy the Bank’s claims, the Bank shall be entitled to transfer the mortgage notes to this third party.

 

Financial Ratios

 

The Borrower’s adherence to the following financial ratios is mandatory:

 

Minimum Equity
The minimum equity means, (share capital, plus reserves, plus retained earnings, minus long term intercompany accounts, minus other intercompany accounts except intercompany trade accounts) must at no time fall below 35% of the balance sheet total assets (according to the auditors’ report in accordance with Swiss Auditing Standards) during the entire term of the credit relationship.

 

Borrower’s Affirmative Obligations

 

·                   Obligation to provide information

The Borrower is obliged to inform the Bank without delay of current business developments and significant changes in its management and in its direct and/or indirect ownership/control as well as other significant changes that could influence the Borrower’s financial situation.

 



 

 

 

In particular, the Borrower will submit the following documents to the Bank:

 

 

 

  ·   2 month after completion of the building:

  · a final statement of building costs signed by the Borrower and the architect

  · the final building insurance assessment

  · 2-3 photographs of the building

 

  ·  Quarterly:

  · Statements including balance sheet, income statement, bookings and actual backlog of the Borrower not later than 60 days after the end of each quarter.

 

  ·  Annually:

  · Annual report including balance sheet, profit and loss statement as well as appendices and auditor’s report of the Borrower within six months after the end of each financial year.

  · Budget figures, including the capital expenditure budget of the Borrower within the first month of the budget year.

  · Group financial statements of Hardinge Inc. with auditors’ report within six months after the end of each financial year.

 

 

 

·                   Pari Passu
The Borrower undertakes to provide collateral for its current and future obligations vis-à-vis third parties in their favour only if the Borrower simultaneously provides the same collateral, or collateral accepted by the Bank as being equivalent, for all current and future obligations under this framework agreement.

 

Borrower’s Negative Obligations

 

·                   Negative Pledge Clause
The Borrower undertakes, to the extent permitted by law, to refrain from providing new or additional collateral in favour of a third party to secure existing or future liabilities or the Borrower or a third party except cash credits up to an amount of CHF 5’000’000.00 secured by mortgage notes (“Namenschuldbriefe”) on Land Register Biel no. 9443, Mohnweg 5, 2500 Biel/Bienne.

 

·                   The Borrower undertakes not to distribute any dividends in case of negative net profit during the entire term of the credit relationship.

 

·                   The Borrower undertakes to ensure that loans or other credits granted by the Borrower to any subsidiaries of Hardinge Inc., Elmira (USA), and/or shareholders and/or associated persons (i.e. all intercompanies) do not exceed CHF 10’000’000.00 cumulatively during the entire term of the credit relationship without the prior consent of the Bank.

 

·                   Furthermore, the Borrower informs the bank before granting any new loan to intercompanies above the sum of CHF 2’000’000.00.

 

Termination of the framework agreement

 

This framework agreement may be terminated by either party at any time with immediate effect. Upon termination of the framework agreement, maturing loans are not renewed and no new loans will be granted. However, loans that were previously agreed will remain unaffected by the termination of this framework agreement.

 



 

 

 

The termination of a loan granted under this framework agreement does not automatically result in the termination of the framework agreement.

 

Termination of individual loans

Ordinary termination

 

Fixed-term loans granted under this framework agreement can not be terminated before the end of the term or the aggregate term , unless otherwise agreed in writing. Loans with unspecified terms can be terminated by either party at any time with 3 months’ notice.

 

Extraordinary termination

 

The Bank reserves the right to terminate all loans granted under this agreement with immediate effect at any time if:

  · the Borrower or pledgor goes bankrupt or is granted a bankruptcy moratorium;

  · the Borrower is in arrears on interest payments or mortgage amortizations for more than 30 calendar days after they are due;

  · the mortgaged property is insufficiently insured against fire and damage caused by natural hazards;

  · the value of the mortgaged property is significantly impaired, especially due to insufficient maintenance;

  · the use of the mortgaged property is altered without the Bank’s consent;

  · in the Bank’s view, asset and/or revenue situation of the Borrower or, in the case of more than one borrower, one of them has deteriorated significantly;

  · there has been a change in direct or indirect ownership/control in respect of the Borrower to the extent of 50 % ownership/control except for internal restructuring action within Hardinge Inc.;

  · there has been a change in direct or indirect ownership/control in respect of Hardinge Inc. to the extent of 50% ownership/control;

  · owing to default and/or maturity clauses, another loan or similar obligation entered into by the Borrower has been terminated early;

  · in the Bank’s view, the Borrower’s asset and/or revenue situation has deteriorated significantly;

 

Transfer of ownership or forced sale

 

In the event of transfer of ownership or forced sale of the mortgaged property, all claims in connection with this framework agreement shall fall due for repayment on the date of transfer of ownership or on the date of the public auction, as applicable.

 

Statement of costs in the event of early termination of fixed-term loans

 

If fixed-term loans are terminated prematurely before the end of the term or aggregate term, the Bank will credit or debit the Borrower with the interest gain or interest shortfall accrued thereon.

 

For credit products with a fixed term, the interest gain or interest shortfall is calculated based on the difference between the contractual interest rate which applies at the time of termination and the interest rate that, in the Bank’s view, can be earned at this date on a replacement investment with the same residual term on the money or capital markets for the outstanding credit amount.

 

For credit products with an aggregate term, the interest gain or interest shortfall for the remaining partial term is calculated in accordance with the above paragraph. In addition, the Borrower must pay the surcharge to the basic interest rate that applies on the date of termination for the remaining period until the end of the aggregate term.

 

Any surplus in favor of the Borrower is set off against the fee for the Bank’s expenses described below.

 

In addition a flat fee of 0.1% of the loan amount, but not less than CHF 1’000.00, is owed for the Bank’s expenses.

 



 

Insurance

 

The mortgaged property shall be adequately insured against fire and natural hazards.

 

Transferability

 

The Bank is authorized to transfer or assign all or any part of this loan relationship, with all collateral and ancillary rights, to a third party in Switzerland or abroad, for example, for the purposes of securitization or outsourcing. The right to further transfer the relationship or to transfer it back remains reserved.

 

The Bank may at any time make data and information associated with the loan relationship available to such a third party and other involved parties, such as rating agencies and trust companies; these parties shall be obliged to keep such information confidential. The Borrower expressly declares his/her agreement with the procedure described above.

 

Additional agreements and special contractual terms

 

The additional agreements that will be concluded or have already been concluded in accordance with the terms of this framework agreement and the agreed loan products (including the special contractual terms applicable to the individual loans) form an integral part of this framework agreement.

 

General Conditions

 

The Bank’s “General Conditions including the Safe Custody Regulations” supplement this framework agreement.

 

Place of performance

 

The place of performance is the location of the Swiss branch of the Bank with which the Borrower has a contractual relationship. For borrowers whose present or future domicile is outside Switzerland, the place of performance is also the place of debt enforcement (“special domicile” as defined in Art. 50 par. 2 of the Federal Law on Debt Collection and Bankruptcy).

 

Applicable law and place of jurisdiction

 

This framework agreement and the agreements based on this framework agreement are subject to and shall be construed in accordance with Swiss law. The Borrower recognizes the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Zurich or of the location of the branch of the Bank with which the contractual relationship exists. The Bank also has the right to bring legal action against the Borrower before any other competent court.

 

Issuance/Signing of Agreement

 

This framework agreement has been drawn up and signed in duplicate. The Borrower and the Bank each receive one copy.

 

 



 

CREDIT SUISSE AG

 

L. Kellenberger & Co. AG

 

 

 

  /s/ Armin Sianer

 

/s/ Jurg Kellenberger

Armin Signer

 

Jurg Kellenberger

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christian Kunz

 

/s/ Peter Hursch

Christian Kunz

 

Peter Hursch

 

 

Borrower’s signature

 

 

 

St. Gallen, 20.12.2011

 

St. Gallen, 21.12.2011

Place and Date

 

Place and Date

 

“General Conditions incl. Safe Custody Regulations”

 




EXHIBIT 10.31

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Pension Plan

 

(Effective August 9, 2005)

 

This Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Pension Plan (the “Plan”), effective August 9, 2005, is designed to provide a benefit which, when added to other retirement income, will ensure the payment of a competitive level of retirement income in order to attract, retain and motivate selected executives of Hardinge Inc. (“Hardinge”).  The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Hardinge shall serve as the Supplemental Pension Plan Committee (“Committee”) and shall have the authority to administer the Plan.  The Committee’s decision in any matter involving the interpretation and application of the Plan shall be final and binding.  All terms used in the Plan and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as such terms are used in the Hardinge Inc. Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”).

 

1.                                       Eligibility .   From time to time Hardinge’s Board of Directors may select executives as Participants in the Plan as of dates designated by the Committee.  In no event shall a Participant or a Participant’s Beneficiary be eligible for, or receive a benefit under the Plan unless and until the Participant is entitled to a benefit under the Pension Plan.

 

2.                                       Benefits .   Unless otherwise specified by written agreement between Hardinge and the Participant, the benefits which Hardinge shall pay to a Participant or his Beneficiary under the Plan shall equal the excess, if any, of (a) over (b) where:

 

(a)                                  is the benefit which would have been paid to the Participant or to his Beneficiary under the terms of the Pension Plan as in effect on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, computed, however, as if:

 

(i)                                      the Pension Plan benefit formula as presently set forth in Section 4.1 thereof, were adjusted to provide a Normal Pension each year for life equal to 1-1/4% of the Participant’s Final Average Annual Compensation

 



 

times the number of years and fractions thereof of Credited Service to the date of termination of employment.  For the purposes hereof, Annual Compensation shall mean base salary received plus cash bonuses earned for services rendered in a calendar year whether or not actually received in that year (provided, however, the amount of cash bonuses in any year for the purposes hereof shall be limited to 50% of the base salary for said year) and Final Average Annual Compensation shall mean the average of the Participant’s highest Annual Compensation received in any three of the five full calendar years immediately preceding the date of termination of employment.

 

Minimum Benefit .   In no case shall the benefit earned hereunder be less than the benefit computed in accordance with the terms of the Pension Plan, provided however, that in computing this minimum benefit there shall be substituted with respect to the Pension Plan’s past service benefit formula 1-1/2% for each year of Credited Service in place of the present 1-1/4% (or such other percentage as may be in effect from time to time under the Pension Plan), and

 

(ii)                                   the basic Pension Plan benefit formula and all benefits under the Pension Plan were administered and payable without regard to the special benefit limitations as set forth in Section 7.2 of the Pension Plan as amended from time to time to comply with the provisions of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code (as amended to date and as may hereafter be amended) limiting benefits payable under tax-qualified retirement plans, and

 

(b)                                  is the benefit which is payable to the Participant or to his Beneficiary under the terms of the Pension Plan as in effect on

 

2



 

the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, or if later, the date benefits commence to the Participant or his Beneficiary, as the case may be.

 

Payments of benefits under the Plan shall be coincident in time and form with the payment of the pension benefits made to, or on behalf of, a Participant or his Beneficiary under the Pension Plan, provided however that (i) the joint and survivor election which shall apply to the benefits payable under this Plan shall be the Participant’s joint and survivor election (if any) under this Plan, which election shall be made within thirty (30) days following eligibility for participation in this Plan and may be changed after the initial election only in accordance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations thereunder as amended from time to time, (ii) the Pension Plan’s provisions under Section 4.8 providing an unreduced joint and survivor participant benefit for five (5) years shall not be applicable under this Plan, and (iii) should a Participant’s spouse at the time of the Participant’s joint and survivor election die prior to the Participant’s entitlement to benefits under this Plan, the Participant’s joint and survivor election shall be null and void.

 

Subject to the right of Hardinge to discontinue the Plan, in whole or in part and as to any one or all of the Participants, a Participant shall have a nonforfeitable interest in benefits payable under the Plan to the same extent as benefits are vested under Article IV of the Pension Plan.

 

The benefits provided under the Plan shall not apply to a Participant’s service following his sixty-fifth (65 th ) birthday.  If a Participant continues employment with Hardinge after reaching age sixty-five (65), no further benefits of any kind shall accrue under the Plan for service after said date and benefits under the Plan shall be payable only upon the Participant’s subsequent termination of employment.  In the event of such continued employment, the benefit payable under the Plan shall be frozen on the Participant’s sixty-fifth (65 th ) birthday, and thereafter reduced by benefits earned under the Pension Plan following attainment of age sixty-five (65).

 

Except as to withholding of any tax under the laws of the United States or any state or locality, no benefit payable at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,

 

3



 

attachment, or other legal process, or encumbrance of any kind. Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any such benefits, whether currently or thereafter payable, shall be void. No benefit shall, in any manner, be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any person entitled to such benefits. If any person shall attempt to, or shall alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber his or her benefits under the Plan, or if by reason of his or her bankruptcy or other event happening at any time, such benefits would devolve upon any other person or would not be enjoyed by the person entitled thereto under the Plan, then Hardinge, in its discretion, may terminate the interest in any such benefits of the person entitled thereto under the Plan and hold or apply them to or for the benefit of such person entitled thereto under the Plan or his or her spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them, in such manner as Hardinge may deem proper.

 

3.                                       Indemnification .   To the full extent authorized or permitted by law, Hardinge shall indemnify any person who brings an action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, or is made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or shall be entitled to benefits under this Plan and Hardinge has failed to make payments hereunder when due or has otherwise failed to follow the terms of the Plan or such person has reasonable cause to believe Hardinge shall or intends to so fail to perform its future obligations hereunder arising within a reasonable time thereof, or with respect to any other matter directly or indirectly related to this Plan, unless a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such person establishes that Hardinge was or is legally entitled to fail to so perform its obligations hereunder.  Without limitation of the foregoing, such indemnification shall include indemnification against all costs of whatsoever nature or kind, including attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation or defense, incurred by any such person with respect to any such action or proceeding and any appeal therein, and which judgments, fines, amounts and expenses have not been recouped by him in any other manner.  All expenses incurred by a person in connection with an actual or threatened action or proceeding with respect to which such person is or may be entitled to indemnification under this Section, shall, in the absence of a final adjudication adverse to such person as described above, be promptly paid by Hardinge to him, upon receipt of an undertaking by him to repay the portion of such advances, if any, to which he may finally be determined not to be entitled.  This Section may not without the consent of such a person be amended or changed

 

4



in any manner adverse to such person.  The indemnification provided by this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be entitled other than pursuant to this Section.

 

4.                                       Miscellaneous .   Hardinge expects to continue the Plan indefinitely but reserves the right at any time and from time to time by action of the Committee to amend, suspend or discontinue it, in whole or in part and with respect to any one or all of the Participants and beneficiaries hereunder, if in the Committee’s sole discretion and judgment, such a change is deemed necessary or desirable.  However, no such amendment, suspension or termination shall affect a Participant’s or beneficiary’s right to receive the benefits accrued in accordance with this Plan as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, suspension or termination.  Neither the adoption of the Plan by Hardinge nor any action of Hardinge or the Committee under the Plan shall be held or construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of Hardinge.  All Participants shall be subject to discharge to the same extent as they would have been if the Plan had never been adopted.  The Plan shall be binding on Hardinge’s successors and assigns and is established under and shall be construed according to the laws of the State of New York.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Hardinge Inc. has caused this instrument to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed as of August 9, 2005.

 

 

HARDINGE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ J. Patrick Ervin

 

 

Its Chairman of the Board,

 

 

     Chief Executive Officer and President

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Philip Hunter

 

 

 

Its Secretary

 

 

 

5




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of Hardinge Inc.

Name and Address of Subsidiary
  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Percentage of
Ownership

Hardinge Credit Co., Inc. 

  New York   100%

One Hardinge Drive
Elmira, New York 14902

       

Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc. 

 

New York

 

100%

One Hardinge Drive
Elmira, New York 14902

       

Morrison Machine Products, Inc. 

 

New York

 

100%

One Hardinge Drive
Elmira, New York 14902

       

Hardinge Brothers Inc. 

 

New York

 

100%

One Hardinge Drive
Elmira, New York 14902

       

Canadian Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd. 

 

Canada

 

100%

c/o Hardinge Inc.
One Hardinge Drive
Elmira, New York 14902

       

Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited

 

Taiwan ROC

 

100%

4 Tzu Chiang 3 rd  Road
Nankang Industrial Area
Nan Tou City 540
Taiwan

       

Hardinge Holdings GmbH

 

Switzerland

 

100%

Heiligkreuzstrasse 28
CH-9009 St. Gallen
Switzerland

       

Hardinge Holdings BV

 

Netherlands

 

100% owned by

c/o Equity Trust Co. NV

      Hardinge Holdings GmbH

Strawinskylann 3105
1077 ZX Amsterdam
Netherlands

       

Hardinge China Limited

 

People's Republic

 

100% owned by

13/F Gloucester Tower

  of China   Hardinge Holdings GmbH

11 Pedder Street Central
Hong Kong

       

Hardinge GmbH

 

Federal Republic

 

100% owned by

Saalestrasse 20

  of Germany   Hardinge Holdings GmbH

47800 Krefeld
Germany

       

Name and Address of Subsidiary
  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
  Percentage of
Ownership

Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

  People's Republic   100% owned by

1388 Kangqiao Road (East)

  of China   Hardinge Holdings GmbH

Pudong New Area
Shanghai 201319
People's Republic of China

       

Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd. 

 

United Kingdom

 

100% owned by

Whiteacres, Cambridge Road

      Hardinge Holdings GmbH

Whetstone, Leicester LE8 6BD
United Kingdom

       

Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company, Limited

 

People's Republic

 

100% owned by

262 Service Building Interior District 2

  of China   Hardinge Holdings GmbH

No 2489 East Dong Sheng Road
Jiaxing, Zhejiang Province
China

       

L. Kellenberger & Co., AG

 

Switzerland

 

100% owned by

Heiligkreuzstrasse 28

      Hardinge Holdings GmbH

CH 9009 St. Gallen
Switzerland

       

Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

100% owned by

Murrayfield Road

      L. Kellenberger & Co., AG

Leicester, LE3 1UW
United Kingdom

       

Jones & Shipman SARL

 

France

 

100% owned by

8 Allee des Ginkgos

      Hardinge Holdings BV

BP 112-69672
Bron Cedex
France

       

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V. 

 

Netherlands

 

25% owned by Hardinge Holdings GmbH

Oeverkruid 2

      75% owned by Hardinge Holding BV

4941 VV Raamsdonksveer
Netherlands

       

Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch

 

Netherlands

 

100% owned by Hardinge

4 Tzu Chiang 3rd Road

      Machine Tools B.V.

Nankang Industrial Area
Nan Tou City 540
Taiwan

       



QuickLinks

Subsidiaries of Hardinge Inc.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

of our reports dated March 14, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Rochester, New York
March 14, 2012




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

HARDINGE INC.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Richard L. Simons, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 of Hardinge Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012   /s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

HARDINGE INC. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

HARDINGE INC.

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Edward J. Gaio, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 of Hardinge Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012   /s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

HARDINGE INC. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32

HARDINGE INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Hardinge Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Richard L. Simons, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, Edward J. Gaio, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of our knowledge:

    /s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS

Richard L. Simons
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

March 14, 2012

 

 

/s/ EDWARD J. GAIO

Edward J. Gaio
Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

March 14, 2012

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Hardinge Inc. and will be retained by Hardinge Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

HARDINGE INC. CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002